WO2004029206A2 - Targeted cd1d molecules - Google Patents

Targeted cd1d molecules Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004029206A2
WO2004029206A2 PCT/US2003/030238 US0330238W WO2004029206A2 WO 2004029206 A2 WO2004029206 A2 WO 2004029206A2 US 0330238 W US0330238 W US 0330238W WO 2004029206 A2 WO2004029206 A2 WO 2004029206A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
cdld
cells
antibody
cell
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2003/030238
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004029206A3 (en
Inventor
Maurice Zauderer
Bruno Robert
Alena Donda
Valerie Cesson
Jean-Pierre Mach
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Vaccinex Inc
Original Assignee
Vaccinex Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vaccinex Inc filed Critical Vaccinex Inc
Priority to US10/529,221 priority Critical patent/US9809654B2/en
Priority to EP03759526.1A priority patent/EP1551448B1/en
Priority to CA2502735A priority patent/CA2502735C/en
Priority to AU2003275254A priority patent/AU2003275254A1/en
Publication of WO2004029206A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004029206A2/en
Publication of WO2004029206A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004029206A3/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/32—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against translation products of oncogenes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
    • A61K47/6811—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being a protein or peptide, e.g. transferrin or bleomycin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6849—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A61K47/6853—Carcino-embryonic antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70503—Immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K14/70539—MHC-molecules, e.g. HLA-molecules
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • C07K16/3007—Carcino-embryonic Antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/54—F(ab')2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide

Definitions

  • the invention generally relates to the field of immunology.
  • the natural immune system strikes a complex balance between highly aggressive, protective immune responses to foreign pathogens and the need to maintain tolerance to normal tissues.
  • interactions among many different cell types contribute to maintaining this balance.
  • Such interactions can, for example, result in polarized responses with either production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by TH1 type T cells or production of interleukin-4 (IL-4) by TH2 type T cells that suppress TH1 activity.
  • IL-4 interleukin-4
  • T cell polarization to TH1 has been shown to favor protective immunity to tumors or infectious pathogens whereas T cell polarization to TH2 can be a critical factor in preventing development of cell-mediated autoimmune disease.
  • each tissue is comprised of a distinctive set of antigen presenting cells (APC) and lymphocyte lineages that interact to favor different immune responses.
  • APC antigen presenting cells
  • the dendritic cells (DC) localized in a normal tissue may represent predominantly a lineage and stage of maturation that favors tolerogenic interactions and serves as a barrier to cell-mediated autoimmunity whereas a tumor or site of infection will attract mature myeloid dendritic cells that stimulate potent cell- mediated immune responses.
  • CD Id-restricted NKT cells are a unique class of non-conventional T cells that appear to play an important role in defining the outcome of immune stimulation in the local environment. They share with the larger class of NKT cells the expression of markers of both the T cell and natural killer (NK) cell lineages although several studies suggest that expression of NK markers such as CD161 and NKG2d by NKT cells is a function of both stage of maturation and state of activation (Chen et al., J Immunol 1997; 158 :5112-9). As such, NKT cells are considered as part of innate immunity like NK cells and in humans their frequency in normal individuals can be as high as 2.0% of total T lymphocytes (Gumperz et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:625; Lee et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:637).
  • CD Id-restricted NKT cells are distinguished from other NKT cells by their specificity for lipid and glycolipid antigens presented by the monomorphic MHC class lb molecule, CDld (Kawano et al., Science 278 (1997), pp. 1626-16292).
  • CDld is a non-MHC encoded molecule that associates with ⁇ 2-microglobulin and is structurally related to classical MHC class I molecules.
  • CDld is known to bind a marine sponge derived ⁇ - glycosylated sphingolipid, ⁇ -galactosylceramide ( ⁇ -GalCer), and related molecules such as sphingolipids with ⁇ -linked galactose or glucose but not mannose (Kawano et al., Science 278 (1997), pp. 1626-1629; and Zeng et al., Science 277 (1997), pp. 339-345).
  • ⁇ -GalCer ⁇ -galactosylceramide
  • CD Id-restricted NKT cells have been shown to localize preferentially in certain tissues like thymus, liver and bone marrow (Wilson et al., 2002. Trends Mol Med 8:225) and antitumor activity of NKT cells has been mainly investigated in mouse liver metastasis.
  • NKT cells have an unusual ability of secreting both TH1 and TH2 cytokines and potent cytotoxic as well as regulatory functions have been documented in inflammation, autoimmunity and tumor immunity (Bendelac et al., 1995Science 268:863; Chen and Paul. 1997. J Immunol 159:2240; and Exley et al.,1997. J Exp Med 186:109). Distinct functional subsets of NKT cells have been characterized as regards their cytokine profiles, expression of several NK receptors, tissue segregation and CDld dependance (Gumperz et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:625; Lee et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:637; Eberl et al, 1999. J Immunol 162:6410; and MacDonald, 2002, Curr Opin Immunol 14:250).
  • CD Id-restricted NKT cells is a subset that expresses a highly conserved ⁇ T cell receptor (TCR).
  • TCR ⁇ T cell receptor
  • this invariant TCR is comprised of N ⁇ 24J ⁇ l5 in association with N ⁇ l l whereas in mice the receptor comprises the highly homologous N ⁇ l4J ⁇ l8 and V ⁇ 8.2.
  • Other CD Id-restricted ⁇ KT cells express more variable TCR.
  • Both TCR invariant and TCR variant classes of CD Id-restricted T cells can be detected by binding of CDld-tetramers loaded with ⁇ -GalCer (Benlagha et al., J Exp Med 191 (2000), pp.
  • CD Id-restricted ⁇ KT cells include cells that express either invariant or variant TCR and that bind or are activated by CDld loaded with either ⁇ -GalCer or with related sphingolipids that have ⁇ -linked galactose or glucose including molecules such as OCH, which differs from ⁇ -GalCer by having a shortened long-chain sphingosine base (C5 vs.
  • CDld-NKT cells A common feature of CDld-NKT cells is that, in contrast to conventional T cells, these lymphocytes often have a surface phenotype (CD44hiCD62L-CD69+) that is characteristic of recently activated or memory T cells. This striking phenotype has been explained by an in vivo autoreactivity of these T cells to still unknown autologous ligands presented by CDld (Kronenberg and Gapin. 2002Nat Rev Immunol 2:557).
  • CDld-NKT have been shown to have direct cytotoxic activity against targets that express CDld. It is likely, however, that the effect of CDld-NKT on immune responses is amplified through recruitment of other lymphocytes either by direct interaction or, perhaps even more importantly, by indirect recruitment through interaction with DC. CDld-NKT have the unique ability to secrete large quantities of IL-4 and IFN- ⁇ early in an immune response. Secretion of IFN- ⁇ induces activation of DC which produce interleukin-12 (IL-12). IL-12 stimulates further IFN- ⁇ secretion by NKT cells and also leads to activation of NK cells which secrete more IFN- ⁇ .
  • IL-12 interleukin-12
  • CDld-NKT are able to rapidly secrete large amounts of both IL-
  • the polarization of immune responses will depend on whether the effect of pro-inflammatory IFN- ⁇ or anti-inflammatory IL-4 cytokines predominate. This has been reported to be, in part, a function of the relative frequency of different subsets of CDld-NKT.
  • These subsets include (i) an invariant CDld-NKT population that is negative for both CD4 and CD 8 and that gives rise to predominantly a THl type response including secretion of pro-inflammatory IFN- ⁇ and TNF- and (ii) a separate population of CDld- NKT that is CD4+ and that gives rise to both a THl type and TH2 type response including secretion of the anti-inflammatory Th2-type cytokines IL- 4, IL-5, IL-10 and IL-13 (Lee et al., J Exp Med 2002; 195 :637-41; and Gumperz et al., J Exp Med 2002; 195 :625-36).
  • Local factors that influence activation of CDld-NKT subsets include the cytokine environment and, importantly, the DC that are recruited to that environment.
  • ⁇ -GalCer a defined antigen that can be employed to specifically activate the CDld-NKT cell subset has made it possible to examine the role of these non-conventional T cells in a variety of immune responses.
  • Administration ofthe ⁇ -GalCer lipid antigen has a dramatic effect on a number of different microbial infections, including protective effects in murine malaria, fungal and hepatitis B virus infections (Kakimi et al, J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp. 921-930; Gonzalez-Aseguinolaza et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97 (2000), pp.
  • CDld-NKT cells Activation of NKT cells by administration of ⁇ -GalCer in vivo results in concomitant activation of NK cells (Eberl and MacDonald, Eur. J. Immunol. 30 (2000), pp. 985-992; and Carnaud et al., J. Immunol. 163 (1999), pp. 4647-4650). In mice deficient in NKT cells, ⁇ -GalCer is unable to induce cytotoxic activity by NK cells.
  • NKT cells also enhance the induction of classical MHC class I restricted cytotoxic T cells (Nishimura et al., Int Immunol 2000; 12 :987-94; and Stober et al., J Immunol 2003; 170:2540-8).
  • the participation of NKT cells at the earliest stages of the protective immune response to many pathogens infections (Kakimi et al, J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp. 921-930; Gonzalez-Aseguinolaza et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
  • NKT cells also function to suppress autoimmunity (Hong et al., Nature Med 2001; 7 :1052-6; Beaudoin et al., Immunity 2002; 17 :725-36; Wilson et al., Trends Mol Med 2002; 8 :225-31; Shi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2001;
  • the present invention provides compounds useful for modulating, i.e., either inhibiting or stimulating, an immune response.
  • the compounds of the invention comprise one or more CDld complexes linked to an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a cell surface marker.
  • the CDld complexes comprise a CDld molecule or fragment thereof, a ⁇ 2-microglobulin molecule or fragment thereof, and may further comprise a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobic peptide linked to the CDld molecule.
  • the compounds ofthe invention further comprise a costimulatory molecule.
  • the CDld complexes may be directly linked or fused to the antibody, either directly or through a linker sequence or molecule.
  • the CDld molecules are linked to the antibody or fragment thereof through a multivalent compound.
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a tumor cell. In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a target of autoimmunity. In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of infected cells. This marker may be either directly encoded by the pathogen or induced by infection of the host cell as taught by WO 0227027, published 4 Apr 2002, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. In still other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell.
  • an immune response against tumor cells is stimulated by administering a compound of the invention to an animal.
  • an autoimmune response is inhibited by administering a compound ofthe invention to an animal.
  • Figure 1 Schematic representation of Antibody-avidin fusion protein/ biotinylated CDld.
  • CDld with bound ligand is biotinylated at the CDld carboxyl terminus and binds to a fusion protein of Fab-avidin, F(ab')2-avidin, or IgG-avidin. All 3 fusion proteins are represented with avidin bound at the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof. As described below, alternatives include avidin fusion to the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin light chain.
  • CDld with bound ligand is fused directly to Fab, F(ab')2, or full IgG. All 3 fusion proteins are represented with the amino terminus of CDld fused to the carboxyl terminus of the immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof. As described below, alternatives include CDld fusion to the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin light chain or to amino terminus of either the immunoglobulin light chain or immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof.
  • FIG. 3 Schematic representation of Antibody-B2M fusion protein associated with CDld.
  • ⁇ 2-microglobulin is fused to the carboxyl terminus of Fab, F(ab')2, or full IgG. All 3 fusion proteins are represented with the amino terminus of ⁇ 2-microglobulin fused to the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof.
  • alternatives include ⁇ 2-microglobulin fusion to the carboxyl terminus of the immunoglobulin light chain or to amino terminus of either the immunoglobulin light chain or immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof.
  • the heavy chain of CDld associates with the antibody- ⁇ 2-microglobulin fusion protein and binds ligand.
  • WO 9964597 published 16 December 1999 and incorporated herein by reference, it is possible to introduce mutations into ⁇ 2-microglobulin that increase affinity for the class I heavy chain so as to facilitate assembly and increase stability of the CDld complex.
  • the present invention provides compounds which are useful for modulating, i.e., either inhibiting or stimulating, an immune response.
  • the compounds comprise one or more CDld complexes linked to an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a cell surface marker.
  • the compounds are useful for stimulating desirable immune responses, for example, immune responses against infectious agents or cancer; or for inhibiting undesirable immune responses, such as allergic responses, allo graft rejections, and autoimmune diseases.
  • the present invention targets a CDld molecule to particular cells by linking one or more CDld complexes to an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a surface antigen of the targeted cell type. Depending on the targeted cell type, this will lead to either very efficient stimulation or inhibition of antigen specific T cell activity.
  • CDld has application as a diagnostic or therapeutic agent not only for cancer and infectious diseases but also for a large class of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases that result from a failure to down modulate cell-mediated immune responses.
  • the present invention provides a means of targeting an activation or inhibitory signal for CDld-NKT to a specific tissue or dendritic cell subset by coupling CDld loaded with ⁇ -GalCer or related lipid molecules to an antibody specific for a tissue antigen or for a dendritic cell marker.
  • This strategy allows regulated expression and/or expansion of CDld-NKT at the site of a tumor or of an infection, or in a tissue that is the target of an organ-specific autoimmune response.
  • the combination ofthe powerful regulatory and effector activities of CDld-NKT together with tissue or tumor targeting properties of specific monoclonal antibodies affords a unique means of inducing a response appropriate to a specific tissue and disease.
  • the CDld complexes (both the CDld and ⁇ 2-micro globulin portions) useful in the present invention may be autologous to any mammalian or avian species, for example, primates (esp. humans), rodents, rabbits, equines, bovines, canines, felines, etc.
  • ⁇ 2-microglobulin is typically not inflammatory in vivo.
  • the CDld complexes comprise a CDld molecule or fragment thereof, a ⁇ 2-microglobulin molecule or fragment thereof, and an antigen.
  • the antigen is a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobic peptide bound in the antigen binding groove ofthe CDld molecule.
  • the " compound further comprises another protein with immunological activity.
  • the protein with immunological activity is a costimulatory molecule, such as B7.1 or B7.2.
  • B7 is used herein to generically refer to either B7.1 or B7.2.
  • Particularly preferred is the extracellular domain of B7-1 (CD80) or B7-2 (CD86) that interacts with CD28 on T- and NK-cells, for example, as an amino terminal fusion to ⁇ 2-microglobulin incorporated into the structure of the assembled CDld molecule (WO 9964597, published 16 Dec 1999) or, alternatively, as an amino-terminal fusion to the CDld heavy chain.
  • CD28 acts as a costimulatory molecule on T lymphocytes, which is absolutely required in order to mediate the so-called second signal during primary T cell activation through antigen specific TCR- engagement (the complementary so-called first signal).
  • NK cells CD28 contributes to the induction of cytotoxicity against target cells expressing CD28 ligands (Chambers (1996) Immunity 5: 311).
  • CDld-NKT are subject to inhibitory signals delivered by classical MHC class I molecules on the surface of interacting cells. Dcarashi et al. (J.Exp.Med.
  • the protein with immunological activity may be a lymphokine or cytokine that modulates immune cell activation such as interleukins IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18; granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF); transforming growth factor (TGF, e.g., TGF ⁇ and TGF ⁇ ); ⁇ interferons (e.g. IFN ⁇ ); ⁇ interferons (e.g. IFN ⁇ ); ⁇ interferons (e.g. IFN ⁇ ) or lymphocyte function- associated protein, such as LFA-1 or LFA-3; or an intercellular adhesion molecule, such as ICAM-1 or ICAM-2.
  • TGF transforming growth factor
  • TGF ⁇ and TGF ⁇ transforming growth factor
  • ⁇ interferons e.g. IFN ⁇
  • ⁇ interferons e.g. IFN ⁇
  • the CDld complexes are linked to the antibody through either the CDld molecule or fragment thereof or the ⁇ 2 microglobulin molecule or fragment thereof.
  • the CDld complexes may be linked to either the light chain or the heavy chain of the antibody.
  • WO 9964597 published 16 December 1999 and incorporated herein by reference, it is possible to introduce mutations into ⁇ 2-microglobulin that increase affinity for the class I heavy chain so as to facilitate assembly and increase stability of the CDld complex in the fusion protein.
  • the CDld complexes may be linked to either the carboxyl or amino terminus of the antibody, or they may be linked to the antibody at a site other than the carboxyl or amino termini. Preferably, the CDld complexes are linked to the carboxyl terminus ofthe antibody.
  • the attachment of the CDld complexes to the antibody chains may be direct, i.e., without any intermediate sequence, or through a linker amino acid sequence, a linker molecule, or a chemical bond.
  • the coupling may be of a physical and/or chemical type.
  • the antibody and CDld complex may be coupled physically utilizing a carrier for example a Sepharose carrier (available from Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) or recently developed microsphere technology. (Southern Research Institute).
  • the CDld complexes domain and the antibodies may be linked together directly.
  • a number of reagents capable of cross-linking proteins are known in the art, illustrative entities include: azidobenzoyl hydrazide, N-[4-(p- azidosalicylamino)butyl]-3'-[2'-pyridyldithio] propionamide), bis-sulfosuccinimidyl suberate, dimethyladipimidate, disuccinimidyltartrate, N- ⁇ -maleimidobutyryloxysuccinimide ester, N- hydroxy sulfosuccinimidyl-4-azidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl [4-azidophenyl]- l,3'-dithiopropionate, N-succinimidyl [4-iodoacetyl]aminobenzoate, glutaral
  • the CDld complexes domain may be linked in a fusion protein with the antibody.
  • Fusion antibodies can be made using conventional recombinant nucleic acid techniques.
  • the fusion may be direct or may contain spacers.
  • a short linker amino acid sequence may be inserted between the CDld complex and the antibody.
  • the length of the linker sequence will vary depending upon the desired flexibility to regulate the degree of antigen binding and cross-linking. If a linker sequence is included, this sequence will preferably contain at least 3 and not more than 30 amino acids. More preferably, the linker is about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, or 25 amino acids long.
  • CDld complexes fused to the carboxyl terminus of the exceptionally long IgG3 hinge region or to the CH3 domain are especially far removed from possible interference with the antigen binding site or its ligand.
  • Fc binding function is preserved in the compounds of this invention that are based on CH3 fusions. It is possible that this would extend the half-life of these compounds in vivo.
  • the antibody may be linked to the multivalent compound through any site.
  • the antibody may be linked to the multivalent compound through the light chain, the heavy chain, both light chains, both heavy chains, one light chain and one heavy chain, or both light and both heavy chains and at either the amino or the carboxyl terminus.
  • the antibody is linked to the multivalent compound at the carboxyl terminus ofthe heavy chain.
  • Examples of multivalent compounds are chicken avidin or streptavidin
  • the Cdld complex can be genetically modified by including sequences encoding amino acid residues with chemically reactive side chains such as Cys or His.
  • Such amino acids with chemically reactive side chains may be positioned in a variety of positions on the CDld complex, preferably distal to the site where ⁇ 2-micro globulin and CDld interact.
  • Suitable side chains can be used to chemically link two or more CDld complexes to a suitable dendrimer particle.
  • Dendrimers are synthetic chemical polymers that can have any one of a number of different functional groups on their surface (D. Tomalia, Aldrichimica Acta 26:91:101 (1993)). Exemplary dendrimers for use in accordance with the present invention include e.g.
  • Chicken avidin is thought to be relatively nonimmunogenic because of its high concentration in egg products and the well-known propensity of oral infusion to induce immune tolerance (Shin, S.U. et al., J. Immunology 158: 4797-4804 (1997)). It may, in addition, be possible to develop protocols, including some that employ compounds of this invention, that induce specific tolerance to the multivalent entity.
  • the attachment site on the CDld complex or antibody for binding to a multivalent compound may be naturally occurring, or may be introduced through genetic engineering.
  • the site will be a specific binding pair member or one that is modified to provide a specific binding pair member, where the complementary pair has a multiplicity of specific binding sites.
  • Binding to the complementary binding member can be a chemical reaction, epitope-receptor binding or hapten-receptor binding where a hapten is linked to the subunit chain.
  • the CDld molecule and ⁇ 2 -microglobulin may be separately produced and allowed to associate to form a stable heteroduplex complex, or both ofthe subunits may be expressed in a single cell.
  • CDld and ⁇ 2-micro globulin molecules useful in the compounds ofthe present invention may be isolated from a multiplicity of cells, e.g., transformed cell lines JY, BM92, WIN, MOC, and MG, and CHO using a variety of techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • CDld and ⁇ 2-microglobulin are known, and the genes have been cloned, therefore, the proteins can be made using recombinant methods.
  • CDld molecule is synthesized and the amino termini coding sequence can be arbitrarily chosen to facilitate the ligation ofthe coding region for an antibody chain or fragment or a binding intermediate.
  • the coding sequence for the CDld and ⁇ 2 microglobulin chains or their fusion products are then inserted into expression vectors, expressed separately in an appropriate host, such as E.
  • the recombinant proteins obtained are recombined in the presence ofthe CDld lipid, glycolipid (e.g. ⁇ -GalCer) or hydrophobic peptide ligand.
  • Antigens useful within the present invention include any lipid, glycopeptide or peptide which is capable of modulating an immune response in an animal when presented in conjunction with a CDld molecule.
  • the antigens may be derived from foreign antigens or from autoantigens. Further, the antigens may be synthetic. Particularly prefened as an antigen is ⁇ GalCer.
  • MAb is meant to include intact molecules as well as antibody portions (such as, for example, Fab and F(ab')2 portions and Fv fragments) which are capable of specifically binding to a cell surface marker.
  • antibody portions such as, for example, Fab and F(ab')2 portions and Fv fragments
  • Such portions are typically produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab portions) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 portions).
  • Fab portions Especially preferred in the compounds of the invention are Fab portions.
  • antigen- binding portions can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA technology.
  • SCA single chain Fv fragments
  • V[L] variable light
  • V[H] variable heavy domains
  • the immunoglobulin may consist of single V[H]domains (dAbs) which possess antigen-binding activity. See, e.g., G. Winter and C. Milstein, Nature 349:295 (1991); R. Glockshuber et al., Biochemistry 29:1362 (1990); and, E. S. Ward et al., Nature 341:544 (1989).
  • chimeric monoclonal antibodies preferably those chimeric antibodies having specificity toward a tumor associated surface membrane antigen, a surface membrane antigen of a tissue or organ affected by autoimmune disease, or an antigen of a pathogen infected cell.
  • the term "chimeric antibody” refers to a monoclonal antibody comprising a variable region, i.e. binding region, from one source or species and at least a portion of a constant region derived from a different source or species, usually prepared by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • Chimeric antibodies comprising a murine variable region and a human constant region are prefened in certain applications of the invention, particularly human therapy, because such antibodies are readily prepared and may be less immunogenic than purely murine monoclonal antibodies.
  • Such murine/human chimeric antibodies are the product of expressed immunoglobulin genes comprising DNA segments encoding murine immunoglobulin variable regions and DNA segments encoding human immunoglobulin constant regions.
  • Other forms of chimeric antibodies encompassed by the invention are those in which the class or subclass has been modified or changed from that ofthe original antibody.
  • Such "chimeric" antibodies are also refereed to as "class-switched antibodies”.
  • Methods for producing chimeric antibodies involve conventional recombinant DNA and gene transfection techniques now well known in the art. See, e.g., Morrison, S. L. et al., Proc. Nat Acad. Sci. 81:6851 (1984).
  • Fully human and “bifunctional-chimeric” (including humanized) or “bifunctional-fully human” antibody constructions also include, within their individual contexts constructions comprising antigen recognizing fragments. As one skilled in the art will recognize, such fragments could be prepared by traditional enzymatic cleavage of intact bifunctional, chimeric, humanized, fully human or chimeric-bifunctional or fully human-bifunctional antibodies.
  • the noted constructions can be prepared with immunoglobulin fragments used as the starting materials; or, if recombinant techniques are used, the DNA sequences, themselves, can be tailored to encode the desired "fragment” which, when expressed, can be combined in vivo or in vitro, by chemical or biological means, to prepare the final desired intact immunoglobulin "fragment". It is in this context, therefore, that the term "fragment” is used.
  • the immunoglobulin (antibody), or fragment thereof, used in the present invention may be polyclonal or monoclonal in nature. Monoclonal antibodies are the prefened immunoglobulins, however.
  • such procedures involve immunizing an animal (preferably a mouse) with a protein antigen or, more preferably, with a protein-expressing cell.
  • Suitable cells can be recognized by their capacity to bind antibody.
  • Such cells may be cultured in any suitable tissue culture medium; however, it is preferable to culture cells in Excell hybridoma medium (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) with 5% fetal bovine serum.
  • Excell hybridoma medium JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS
  • the splenocytes of such immunized mice are extracted and fused with a suitable myeloma cell line.
  • hybridomas and/or monoclonal antibodies which are produced by such hybridomas and which are useful in the practice of the present invention are publicly available from sources such as the American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC") 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Virginia 20110-2209 or, commercially, for example, from Boehringer- Mannheim Biochemicals, P.O. Box 50816, Indianapolis, Ind. 46250.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • the compounds of the present invention comprise, instead of, or in addition to an antibody, a receptor or ligand that has a matching or counterpart ligand or receptor expressed on a cell surface of a target cell.
  • the compound comprises one or more CDld complexes and a ligand or receptor specific for a cell surface marker. Examples include: CD4 coupled to CDld for interaction with HIV infected cells; chemokine or chemokine receptor coupled to CDld for interaction with DC subset; or heregulins coupled to CDld for interaction with ErbB2 positive tumor cells.
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a tumor cell.
  • CDld-NKT can be directly cytolytic to tumor cells and can also recruit either directly or through activation of DC both NK cells and cytolytic T cells.
  • the present invention allows CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer to be targeted to tumors by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a tumor cell surface antigen.
  • the CDld complex concentrated on tumor cells will then recruit and activate CDld-NKT cells and trigger a cascade of events that promote tumor cell-killing and growth inhibition.
  • said cancer is a head and neck cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, colorectal cancer, coloncarcinoma, cancer of liver and intrahepatic bile ducts, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, cancer of the larynx, breast cancer, malignant melanoma, multiple myeloma, sarcomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, lymphomas, folicular non-Hodgkin-lymphoma, leukemias, T- and B-cell-leukemias, Hodgkin-lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, ovarian cancer, cancer of the uterus, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, genital cancer, renal cancer, cancer of the testis, thyroid cancer, bladder cancer, plasmacytoma or brain cancer.
  • Tumor associated antigens comprise pan-carcinoma antigens like CEA
  • EGFR type I Nouri, Int. J. Mol. Med. 6 (2000), 495-500
  • EpCAM 17-1A/KSA/GA733-2, Balzar J. Mol. Med. 77 (1999), 699-712
  • EGFR type II Her-2/neu, ERBB2 Sugano hit. J. Cancer 89 (2000), 329-36
  • TAG-72 glycoprotein sTN antigen, Kathan Arch. Pathol. Lab. Med. 124 (2000), 234-9 are upregulated in breast cancer.
  • EGFR deletion neoepitope might also play a role as tumor associated antigen (Sampson Proc. Nati. Acad. Sci. U S A 97 (2000), 7503-8).
  • the antigens A33 (Ritter Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 236 (1997), 682-6), Lewis-Y (DiCarlo Oncol. Rep. 8 (2001), 387-92), Cora Antigen (CEA-related Cell Adhesion Molecule CEACAM 6, CD66c, NCA-90, Kinugasa Int. J. Cancer 76 (1998), 148-53) and MUC-1 (Mucin) are associated with colon carcinoma (lida Oncol. Res. 10 (1998), 407-14).
  • Thomsen-Friedenreich-antigen (TF, GallB-3GaINAcal-0- Thr/Ser) is not only found in colon carcinoma (Baldus Cancer 82 (1998), 1019-27) but also in breast cancer (Glinsky Cancer. Res. 60 (2000), 2584-8).
  • Overexpression of Ly-6 (Eshel J. Biol. Chem. 275 (2000), 12833-40) and desmoglein 4 in head and neck cancer and of E-cadherin neoepitope in gastric carcinoma has been described (Fukudome Int. J. Cancer 88 (2000), 579-83).
  • Prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA, Lapidus Prostate 45 (2000), 350- 4), prostate stem cell antigen (PSCA, Gu Oncogene 191 (2000) 288-96) and STEAP (Hubert, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 96 (1999), 14523-8) are associated with prostate cancer.
  • PSMA Prostate-specific membrane antigen
  • PSCA prostate stem cell antigen
  • STEAP Human, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 96 (1999), 14523-8
  • the alpha and gamma subunit of the fetal type acetylcholine receptor (AChR) are specific immunohistochemical markers for rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS, Gattenlohner Diagn. Mol. Pathol. 3 (1998), 129- 34).
  • CD30 is associated with Hodgkin-lymphoma (Mir Blood 96 (2000), 4307-12). Expression of melanoma chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan (MCSP, Eisenmann Nat. Cell. Biol. 8 (1999), 507-13) and gangiloside GD3 is observed in melanoma (Welte Exp Dermatol 2 (1997), 64-9), while GD3 is also found in small cell lung cancer (SCLC, Brezicka Lung Cancer 1 (2000), 29-36). Expression of gangiloside GD2 is, also upregulated in SCLC and in neuroblastoma (Cheresh et al. Cancer Res. 10 (1986), 5112-8).
  • Ovarian carcinoma is associated with Muellerian Inhibitory Substance (MIS) receptor type II (Masiakos Clin. Cancer Res. 11 (1999), 3488-99) and renal as well as cervical carcinoma with expression of carboanhydrase 9 (MN/CAIX, Grabmaier Int. J. Cancer 85 (2000) 865-70). Elevated expression levels of CA 19-9 were found in pancreatic cancer (Nazli Hepatogastroenterology 47 (2000), 1750-2).
  • MIS Muellerian Inhibitory Substance
  • tumor cell surface antigens are Her2/neu, expressed in breast and ovarian carcinomas (Zhang, H. et al, Experimental & Molecular Pathology 67:15-25 (1999)); CM-1, expressed in breast cancer (Chen, L. et al, Acta Academiae Medicinae Sinicae 19(2):150-3); 28K2, expressed in Lung adenocarcinoma and large cell carcinoma (Yoshinari, K. et al, Lung Cancer 25:95-103 (1999)); E48 and U 36 expressed in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (Van Dongen, G.A.M.S. et al, Anticancer Res.
  • OV569 expressed in ovarian carcinoma (Scholler, N. et al, Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci. USA 96:11531-6 (1999)); ChCE7, expressed in neuroblastoma and renal cell carcinoma (Meli, MX. et al, International J. Cancer S3:401-8 (1999)); CA19-9, expressed in colon carcinoma (Han, J.S. et al, Cancer 76:195-200 (1995)); CA125, expressed in ovarian carcinoma (O'Brien, TJ. et al, International J.
  • said tumor-associated antigen is selected from the group consisting of Lewis Y, CEA, Muc-1, erbB-2, -3 and -4, Ep-CAM, E-cadherin neoepitope, EGF- raceptor (e.g.
  • EGFR type I or EGFR type II EGFR deletion neoepitope, CA19-9, Muc-1, LeY, TF-, Tn- and sTn-antigen, TAG-72, PSMA, STEAP, Cora antigen, CD7, CD19 and CD20, CD22, CD25, Ig-a and Ig-B, A33 and G250, CD30, MCSP and gplOO, CD44-v6, MT-MMPS, (MIS) receptor type II, carboanhydrase 9, F19-antigen, Ly6, desmoglein 4, PSCA, Wue-1, GD2 and GD3 as well as TM4SF-antigens (CD63, L6, CO-29, SAS), the alpha and gamma subunit of the fetal type acetylcholinreceptor (AChR), CM-1, 28K2, E48, U36, NY-ESO-1, KU-BL 1-5, NY CO 1-48, HOM MEL
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a CD Id-restricted NKT cells.
  • an inhibitory signal can be delivered to the NKT cells through their CD Id-restricted TCR , which can result in systemic downregulation of CDld-NKT cell activity.
  • CDld: ⁇ -GalCer complexes have been reported to induce apoptosis of the NKT (Matsuda, J.L. et al. J. Exp. Med. 192:741-754,2000).
  • Suitable NKT cell markers to which to target specific antibodies are CD 161, CD56, or (for NKT subsets) CCR4 on CD4+ CDld-NKT or CCR1 or CCR6 on double negative CDld-NKT.
  • This is particularly useful in treating diseases or symptoms which are the result of high NKT activity. These include myasthenia gravis (Reinhardt et al. Neurology 52:1485-87,1999), psoriasis (Bonish , J. Immunol. 165:4076-85,2000), ulcerative colitis (Saubermann et al. Gastroenterology 119:119-128, 2000), and primary biliary cinhosis (Kita et al. Gastroenterology 123:1031-43,2002).
  • localized downregulation of CDld-NKT may ameliorate disease.
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a target tissue of autoimmune disease or inflammatory response.
  • CDld-NKT stimulated to seprete IL-4 by normal antigen presenting cells and DC at the site of an autoimmune lesion or inflammatory site can regulate the development and expression of aggressive cell-mediated immune responses.
  • this defect can be ameliorated by allowing CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer to be targeted to that tissue.
  • CDld: ⁇ -GalCer is targeted to such sites by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a local tissue antigen.
  • the CDld complex concentrated on local tissue cells will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells and trigger a cascade of events that regulate the autoimmune or inflammatory response.
  • the relevant specific tissue antigens may be different for different autoimmune and inflammatory diseases.
  • the CDld complexes comprise an antigen (for example, a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobin peptide) with antagonist properties (Miyamoto Nature 413:531-534, 2001).
  • an antigen for example, a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobin peptide
  • This embodiment of the invention is of particular relevance to those autoimmune diseases that appear to result from excessive CDld-NKT activity. These include myasthenia gravis (Reinhardt et al. Neurology 52:1485-87,1999), psoriasis (Bonish , J. Immunol. 165:4076-85,2000), ulcerative colitis (Saubermann et al.
  • localized downregulation of CDld-NKT may ameliorate disease.
  • the antibody is specific for MBP (myelin basic protein), PLP (myelin proteolipid protein), or MOG (myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein). In a most prefened embodiment, the antibody is specific for MOG.
  • MBP myelin basic protein
  • PLP myelin proteolipid protein
  • MOG myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein
  • conjugates comprising CDld complexes and antibodies specific for type II collagen are injected into affected joints for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis; antibodies specific for thyroglobulin or TSH receptor are targeted to the thyroid for treatment of Hashimoto's thyroiditis and Graves' disease; and antibodies specific for the K+/H+ ATPase are employed for treatment of pernicious anemia or atrophic gastritis (targeting the gastric parietal cells).
  • the invention is employed to treat other autoimmune conditions: ankylosing spondylitis, acute anterior uveitis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Myasthenia gravis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, Pemphigus vulgaris, or autoimmune Hepatitis.
  • autoimmune or inflammatory disease there is a surfeit rather than a paucity of CDld-NKT cells or an excess of one subset of CDld-NKT relative to another e.g. CD4+ CDld-NKT relative to double negative (CD4-/CD8-) CDld-NKT.
  • Conjugates of the invention described here that can result in inhibition rather than activation of CDld- NKT or that, by targeting different DC subsets, can activate one CDld-NKT cell subset in preference to another.
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of an infected cell or tissue.
  • CDld-NKT have been shown to have an important role in resistance to malaria, fungal and hepatitis B virus infections [12-14].
  • CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer is targeted to the site of infection by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for an antigen encoded by the infectious agent.
  • the CDld complex concentrated on infected cells will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells and trigger a cascade of events that lead to elimination or inhibition of growth of the infectious agent.
  • the relevant antigens are different in the case of different infectious agents.
  • the antibody is targeted to antigens encoded by other infectious viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa or helminthes.
  • CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer is targeted to an allograft by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a major or minor histocompatibility antigen of the allogeneic bone marrow or organ graft.
  • the CDld complex concentrated on cells of the allograft will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells.
  • histocompatibility antigens include HLA specificities such as A (e.g...
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a professional antigen presenting cell.
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell, for example, CD83, DEC205, CMRF-44 (Fearnley DB et al. Blood 89:3708-16,1997), CMRF-56 (Hock BD et al. Tissue Antigens 53:320-34,1999), BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3, and BDCA-4 (Dzionek A et al. J. Immunol. 165:6037-6046,2000).
  • the antibody is specific for markers of antigen presenting cells including Toll-like receptors (TLR1, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, TLR9) mannose receptor, and mannan-binding lectin (MBL).
  • TLR1, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, TLR9 mannose receptor
  • MBL mannan-binding lectin
  • additional markers specific to dendritic cells including, DC-SIGN (the C-type lectin, non-integrin, ICAM-3 receptor on DC), ALCAM, DC-LAMP, and any of a number of other receptors for apoptotic cells including phosphatidylserine receptor.
  • the antibody may be specific for a cell surface marker of another professional antigen presenting cell, such as a B cell or a macrophage. CD 19, CD20 and CD22 are expressed on B cells, and other markers have been described for other antigen presenting cells.
  • the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell subset.
  • a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell subset As noted above, whether CDld-NKT give rise to a predominantly pro-inflammatory or anti-inflammatory response is, in part, a function of the relative frequency of two CDld-NKT subsets.
  • CDld-NKT that are negative for expression of both CD4 and CD8 (double negative) and express the chemokine receptors CCR1 and CCR6 give rise to predominantly a pro-inflammatory THl type response including secretion of IFN- ⁇ and TNF- ⁇ .
  • CDld-NKT that are CD4+ and express the chemokine receptor CCR4 give rise to both a THl type and TH2 type response including secretion ofthe anti-inflammatory Th2-type cytokines IL-4, IL-5, IL-10 and IL-13.
  • the activation of different CDld-NKT subsets and their radiating influence in promulgating pro-inflammatory or anti-inflammatory responses is mediated by their interaction with different DC subsets (Wilson SB and Delovitch TL Nature Rev. Immunol. 3:211-222,2003; Vincent MS et al. Nature Immunol. 3:1163-68,2002).
  • Human DC have been broadly distinguished as myeloid and plasmacytoid.
  • Myeloid DC are characterized by a monocytic morphology, express myeloid markers including the ⁇ 2 integrin CD lie, and produce high levels of IL-12.
  • Plasmacytoid DC in contrast, have a morphology that is plama cell like, are CD1 lc negative, and produce high levels of IFN- ⁇ . Based on their ability to induce, under appropriate conditions, predominantly THl or TH2 type responses, mature myeloid DC have been designated as DC1 and mature plasmacytoid DC as DC2 (Rissoan MC et al. Science 283:1183, 1999).
  • CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer is targeted to DC by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a surface antigen marker of DC such as CD83, DEC205, CMRF-44, CMRF-56, DC-SIGN, Toll-like Receptors (TLR) including TLR1, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, TLR9, mannose receptor, mannan-binding lectin (MBL), ALCAM, DC-LAMP, phosphatidylserine receptor, BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3 or BDCA-4 (neuropilin, Tordjman R et al. Nature Immunol. 3:477-82,2002).
  • TLR Toll-like Receptors
  • MBL mannose receptor
  • MBL mannan-binding lectin
  • ALCAM ALCAM
  • DC-LAMP phosphatidylserine receptor
  • CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer is targeted to a particular DC subset by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a surface antigen marker of said DC subset such as TLR2, TLR4, TLR7, TLR9, BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3, and BDCA-4 (Dzionek A et al. J. Immunol. 165:6037-46,2000; Liu YJ et al. Nature Immunol. 2:585-589,2001; Penna G et al. J. Immunol. 167:1862-66,2001) or mannose receptor.
  • a stimulatory ligand such as ⁇ -GalCer
  • TLR2, TLR4, BDCA-1 (CDlc), BDCA-3, and mannose receptor are expressed on subsets of myeloid DC while TLR7, TLR9, BDCA-2 and BDCA-4 are expressed on plasmacytoid DC.
  • the CDld complex concentrated on the DC subset will then lead to recruitment and activation of a matched subset of CDld-NKT cells.
  • This embodiment of the invention offers a focused means of directing polarization of immune responses to aggressive cell-mediated immunity or to potential tolerogenic interactions.
  • the former is appropriate for inducing immunity to tumors and the latter for downregulation of autoimmune responses that are associated, for example, with multiple sclerosis or type I diabetes.
  • the strategy of targeting CDld complexes to DC subsets can be employed either alone or in combination with targeting CDld complexes to specific tissues or organs.
  • Hn is a prefened isotope where in vivo imaging is used since its avoids the problem of dehalogenation of the 1251 or 1311-labeled monoclonal antibody by the liver.
  • this radio nucleotide has a more favorable gamma emission energy for imaging (Perkins et al., Eur. J. Nucl. Med. 10:296-301 (1985); Carasquillo et al., J. Nucl.
  • non-radioactive isotopic labels examples include 157Gd,
  • fluorescent labels examples include an 152Eu label, a fluorescein label, an isothiocyanate label, a rhodamine label, a phycoerythrin label, a phycocyanin label, an allophycocyanin label, an o-phthaldehyde label, and a fluorescamine label.
  • nuclear magnetic resonance contrasting agents include heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and Fe.
  • Alkylating agents include mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin.
  • Anthracyclines include daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin (also refened to herein as adriamycin). Additional examples include mitozantrone and bisantrene.
  • Antibiotics include dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC).
  • Antimytotic agents include vincristine and vinblastine (which are commonly refened to as vinca alkaloids).
  • Other cytotoxic agents include procarbazine, hydroxyurea, asparaginase, corticosteroids, mytotane (O,P'-(DDD)), interferons.
  • cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, ricin, doxorubicin, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, etoposide, tenoposide, colchicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, 1-dehydrotestosterone, and glucocorticoid.
  • the polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host.
  • a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.
  • the DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, tip and tac promoters, or, in mammalian cells, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few. Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan.
  • the expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation.
  • the coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating codon at the beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end ofthe polypeptide to be translated.
  • the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker.
  • markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
  • Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
  • ⁇ 2 microglobulin fused to N-terminus of CDld heavy chain fused to the Fc part of IgG2a has been successfully produced in CHO cells both for human and mouse CDld (Gumperz et al., 2002.
  • a chemically coupled CD ld-antibody Fab fragment can be obtained essentially as done for MHC Class I-antibody conjugates (14) except that the CDld- ⁇ 2 microglobulin complex is produced in a eukaryotic system.
  • a free cysteine will be engineered at the carboxyl terminus of the CDld molecule and after expression and purification, the CDld complex is chemically coupled to the free cysteines of the Fab fragment via a thiol reactive bis-maleimide linker.
  • ⁇ -GalCer can be loaded on CDld either at the time of cell-based synthesis or after production and purification ofthe soluble CDld complex.
  • vectors prefened for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and pQE-9, available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A, available from Stratagene; and ptrc99a, ⁇ KK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia.
  • prefened eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia.
  • Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
  • Fusion proteins comprised of diverse sequences linked to the carboxyl terminus of immunoglobulin chains (Harvill, E.T. et al., J. Immunol. 157:3165-70 (1996); Shin, S.U. et al, J. Immunology 158: 4797-4804 (1997); Penichet, MX. et al, J. Immunol. 163:4421-26 (1999); Zhang, H.F. et al, J. Clin. Invest 103:55-61 (1999)). Fusion proteins of the compounds of this invention will likewise retain amino terminal sequences of the immunoglobulin chain that direct secretion.
  • Polypeptides useful in the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant production procedure, the polypeptides of the present invention may be glycosylated or may be non-glycosylated. In addition, polypeptides of the invention may also include an initial modified methionine residue, in some cases as a result of host-mediated processes.
  • NKT cells for use in the assays include transformed NKT cell lines, or NKT cells which are isolated from a mammal, e.g., from a human or from a rodent such as a mouse. NKT cells can be isolated from a mammal by sorting cells that bind CDld: ⁇ -GalCer tetramers. See, for example, Benlagha et al., J Exp Med 191 (2000), pp. 1895-1903; Matsuda et al, J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp.
  • NKT cells employed in the assays are incubated under conditions suitable for proliferation.
  • an NKT cell hybridoma is suitably incubated at about 37°C and 5% CO2 in complete culture medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% FBS, penicillin/streptomycin, L-glutamine and 5x10-5 M 2-mercaptoethanol).
  • Serial dilutions of the compound can be added to the NKT cell culture medium.
  • Suitable concentrations of the compound added to the NKT cells typically will be in the range of from 10 "12 to 10 "6 M.
  • Use of antigen dose and APC numbers giving slightly submaximal NKT cell activation is prefened to detect stimulation or inhibition of NKT cell responses by the compounds ofthe invention.
  • modulation of NKT cell activation can be determined by changes in antigen-dependent T cell proliferation as measured by radiolabelling techniques as are recognized in the art.
  • a labeled (e.g., tritiated) nucleotide may be introduced to an assay culture medium. Incorporation of such a tagged nucleotide into DNA serves as a measure of T cell proliferation.
  • This assay is not suitable for NKT cells that do not require antigen presentation for growth, e.g., NKT cell hybridomas.
  • a difference in the level of T cell proliferation following contact with the compound of the invention indicates the complex modulates activity of the T cells. For example, a decrease in NKT cell proliferation indicates the compound can suppress an immune response. An increase in NKT cell proliferation indicates the compound can stimulate an immune response.
  • 51 Cr release assay can be used to determine cytotoxic activity.
  • the present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound described above in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier.
  • a suitable pharmaceutical carrier includes but is not limited to saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof. The fonnulation should suit the mode of administration.
  • the present invention also includes a method of modulating, i.e., either stimulating or inhibiting an immune response, comprising administering to an animal an effective amount of a compound or composition ofthe invention.
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the type and degree of the response to be achieved; the specific composition of another agent, if any, employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the composition; the duration ofthe treatment; drugs (such as a chemotherapeutic agent) used in combination or coincidental with the specific composition; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • Suitable formulations, known in the art can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (latest edition), Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA.
  • the compound to be used in the therapy will be formulated and dosed in a fashion consistent with good medical practice, taking into account the clinical condition of the individual patient (especially the side effects of treatment with the compounds alone), the site of delivery ofthe compound, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to practitioners.
  • the "effective amount" of the compounds of the invention for purposes herein is thus determined by such considerations.
  • compositions of the invention may be administered orally, intravenously, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intradermally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, gels, creams, drops or transdermal patch), bucally, or as an oral or nasal spray.
  • parenteral refers to modes of admimstration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular injection and infusion.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are administered in an amount which is effective for treating and/or prophylaxis of the specific indication.
  • the dosage is from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to about 30 mg/kg body weight daily, taking into account the routes of administration, symptoms, etc.
  • the dosage can be as low as 0.001 ⁇ g/kg.
  • the total pharmaceutically effective amount of the compositions administered parenterally per dose will be in the range of about 1 ⁇ g/kg/day to 100 mg/kg/day of patient body weight, although, as noted above, this will be subject to therapeutic discretion.
  • the composition is typically administered at a dose rate of about 1 ⁇ g/kg/hour to about 5 mg/kg/hour, either by 1-4 injections per day or by continuous subcutaneous infusions, for example, using a mini-pump.
  • An intravenous bag solution or bottle solution may also be employed.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be suitably administered by sustained-release systems.
  • sustained-release compositions include semi-permeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or mirocapsules.
  • Sustained-release matrices include polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919, EP 58,481), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate (U. Sidman et al., Biopolymers 22:547- 556 (1983)), poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (R. Langer et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15:167-277 (1981), and R. Langer, Chem. Tech.
  • Sustained-release compositions also include liposomally entrapped compositions of the present invention. Liposomes are prepared by methods known per se: DE 3,218,121; Epstein, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688-3692 (1985); Hwang et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the liposomes are of the small (about 200-800 Angstroms) unilamellar type in which the lipid content is greater than about 30 mol. percent cholesterol, the selected proportion being adjusted for the optimal therapy.
  • the composition is formulated generally by mixing it at the desired degree of purity, in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, or emulsion), with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, i.e., one that is non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed and is compatible with other ingredients of the formulation.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier i.e., one that is non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed and is compatible with other ingredients of the formulation.
  • the formulation preferably does not include oxidizing agents and other compositions that are known to be deleterious to polypeptides.
  • the formulations are prepared by contacting the compounds ofthe invention uniformly and intimately with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. Then, if necessary, the product is shaped into the desired formulation.
  • the carrier is a parenteral carrier, more preferably a solution that is isotonic with the blood ofthe recipient. Examples of such carrier vehicles include water, saline, Ringer's solution, and dextrose solution. Non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate are also useful herein, as well as liposomes. Suitable formulations, known in the art, can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (latest edition), Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA.
  • the carrier suitably contains minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability.
  • additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability.
  • Such materials are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, succinate, acetic acid, and other organic acids or their salts; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about ten residues) polypeptides, e.g., polyarginine or tripeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpynolidone; amino acids, such as glycine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, or arginine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including cellulose or its derivatives, glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorb
  • compositions are typically formulated in such vehicles at a concentration of about 0.01 ⁇ g/ml to 100 mg/ml, preferably 0.01 ⁇ g/ml tolO mg/ml, at a pH of about 3 to 8. It will be understood that the use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of salts.
  • compositions to be used for therapeutic administration must be sterile.
  • Sterility is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes (e.g., 0.2 micron membranes).
  • Therapeutic compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • the compounds of the invention ordinarily will be stored in unit or multi-dose containers, for example, sealed ampules or vials, as an aqueous solution or as a lyophilized formulation for reconstitution.
  • a lyophilized formulation 10-ml vials are filled with 5 ml of sterile-filtered 1% (w/v) aqueous solution, and the resulting mixture is lyophilized.
  • the infusion solution is prepared by reconstituting the lyophilized composition using bacteriostatic Water-for-Inj ection.
  • Dosaging may also be ananged in a patient specific manner to provide a predetermined concentration of activity in the blood, as determined by an RIA technique, for instance.
  • patient dosaging may be adjusted to achieve regular on-going trough blood levels, as measured by RIA, on the order of from 50 to 1000 ng/ml, preferably 150 to 500 ng/ml.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for administration to any animal, preferably a mammal (such as apes, cows, horses, pigs, boars, sheep, rodents, goats, dogs, cats, chickens, monkeys, rabbits, fenets, whales, and dolphins), and more preferably a human.
  • a mammal such as apes, cows, horses, pigs, boars, sheep, rodents, goats, dogs, cats, chickens, monkeys, rabbits, fenets, whales, and dolphins
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • Associated with such containers can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be employed in conjunction with other therapeutic compositions.
  • cytotoxic drugs particularly those which are used for cancer therapy.
  • drugs include, in general, alkylating agents, anti-proliferative agents, tubulin binding agents and the like.
  • Preferred classes of cytotoxic agents include, for example, the anthracycline family of drugs, the vinca drugs, the mitomycins, the bleomycins, the cytotoxic nucleosides, the pteridine family of drags, diynenes, and the podophyllotoxins.
  • Particularly useful members of those classes include, for example, adriamycin, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloromethotrexate, mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6- mercaptopurine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxm, or podophyllotoxm derivatives such as etoposide or etoposide phosphate, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine, leurosine and the like.
  • one skilled in the art may make chemical modifications to the desired compound in order to make reactions of that compound more convenient for purposes of preparing conjugates ofthe invention.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used to treat tumor-bearing animals, including humans, to generate an immune response against tumor cells.
  • the generation of an adequate and appropriate immune response leads to tumor regression in vivo.
  • Such "vaccines” can be used either alone or in combination with other therapeutic regimens, including but not limited to chemotherapy, radiation therapy, surgery, bone manow transplantation, etc. for the treatment of tumors.
  • surgical or radiation techniques could be used to debulk the tumor mass, after which, the vaccine formulations of the invention can be administered to ensure the regression and prevent the progression of remaining tumor masses or micrometastases in the body.
  • administration of the "vaccine” can precede such surgical, radiation or chemotherapeutic treatment.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used to immunize or "vaccinate" tumor-free subjects to prevent tumor formation.
  • a subject's predisposition for certain cancers it is now possible to predict a subject's predisposition for certain cancers. Such subjects, therefore, may be immunized using a compound comprising one or more antigenic ligands derived from tumors.
  • Suitable preparations of such vaccines include injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in liquid prior to injection, may also be prepared.
  • the preparation may also be emulsified, or the polypeptides encapsulated in liposomes.
  • the active immunogenic ingredients are often mixed with excipients which are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, or the like and combinations thereof.
  • the vaccine preparation may also include minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and/or adjuvants which enhance the effectiveness ofthe vaccine.
  • adjuvants which may be effective, include, but are not limited to: aluminum hydroxide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L-threonyl-D- isoglutamine (thr-MDP), N-acetyl-nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, N- acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L-alanine-2-(r-2'-dipalmitoyl-sn- glycero-3-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)-ethylamine, GM-CSF, QS-21
  • composition if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • the composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder.
  • Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
  • compounds of the present invention may be used in adoptive immunotherapeutic methods for the activation of NKT lymphocytes that are histocompatible with the patient, (for methods of adoptive immunotherapy, see, e.g., Rosenberg, U.S. Patent No. 4,690,915, issued September 1, 1987; Zarling, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,081,029, issued January 14, 1992).
  • NKT lymphocytes may be isolated from the patient or a histocompatible donor.
  • the NKT lymphocytes are activated in vitro by exposure to the compound of the invention.
  • Activated NKT lymphocytes are expanded and inoculated into the patient in order to transfer NKT cell immunity directed against the particular antigenic peptide or peptides.
  • cytokine refers to polypeptides, including, but not limited to, interleukins (e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL- 9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL- 13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, and IL-18), ⁇ interferons (e.g., IFN- ⁇ ), ⁇ interferon (IFN- ⁇ ), ⁇ interferons (e.g., IFN- ⁇ ), , colony stimulating factors (CSFs, e.g., CSF-1, CSF-2, and CSF-3), granulocyte- macrophage colony stimulating factor (GMCSF), transforming growth factor (TGF, e.g.,.TGF ⁇ and TGF ⁇ ), and insulin-
  • interleukins e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL
  • the compounds of the invention may also be employed in accordance with the present invention by expression of such compounds, especially CD ld-antibody fusion compounds, in vivo, which is often refened to as "gene therapy.”
  • Polynucleotide that encodes a compound of this invention that is a direct fusion of antibody and a CDld molecule, as well as a polynucleotide encoding a ⁇ 2-microglobulin fusion, may be introduced directly into cells by transfection or infection with a suitable vector so as to give rise to synthesis and secretion of that compound by the successfully transfected or infected cells. This can be accomplished by cotransfection with separate DNA vector constructs or by co-expression in the same vector.
  • cells from a patient may be engineered with a polynucleotide (DNA or RNA) encoding a compound ofthe invention ex vivo, with the engineered cells then being provided to a patient to be treated with the compounds.
  • a polynucleotide DNA or RNA
  • cells may be engineered by procedures known in the art by use of a retroviral particle containing RNA encoding a compound ofthe present invention.
  • cells may be engineered in vivo for expression of a compound in vivo by, for example, procedures known in the art.
  • a producer cell for producing a retroviral particle containing RNA encoding the compound of the present invention may be administered to a patient for engineering cells in vivo and expression ofthe polypeptide in vivo.
  • the expression vehicle for engineering cells may be other than a retrovirus, for example, an adenovirus which may be used to engineer cells in vivo after combination with a suitable delivery vehicle.
  • delivery vehicles include an HSV-based vector system, adeno-associated virus vectors, pox viruses, and inert vehicles, for example, dextran coated ferrite particles.
  • Retroviruses from which the retroviral plasmid vectors hereinabove mentioned may be derived include, but are not limited to, lentiviruses, Moloney Murine Leukemia virus, spleen necrosis virus, retroviruses such as Rous Sarcoma Virus, Harvey Sarcoma virus, avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus, adenovirus, Myeloproliferative Sarcoma Virus, and mammary tumor virus.
  • the retroviral plasmid vector is derived from Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus.
  • Suitable promoters which may be employed include, but are not limited to, adenoviral promoters, such as the adenoviral major late promoter; or heterologous promoters, such as cytomegaloviras (CMV) promoter; the respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) promoter; inducible promoters, such as the MMT promoter, the metallothionein promoter; heat shock promoters; the albumin promoter; the ApoAI promoter; human globin promoters; viral thymidine kinase promoters, such as the Herpes Simplex thymidine kinase promoter; retroviral LTRs (including the modified retroviral LTRs hereinabove described); the ⁇ -actin promoter; and human growth hormone promoters.
  • adenoviral promoters such as the adenoviral major late promoter
  • heterologous promoters such as cytomegaloviras (CMV) promoter; the
  • the retroviral plasmid vector is employed to transduce packaging cell lines to form producer cell lines.
  • packaging cell lines which may be transfected include, but are not limited to, the PE501, PA317, 2-2, 2-AM, PA12, T19-14x, VT-19-17-H2, 2CRE, 2CRJP, GP+E-86, GP+envAml2, and DAN cell lines as described in Miller, Human Gene Therapy 1:5-14 (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the vector may transduce the packaging cells through any means known in the art. Such means include, but are not limited to, electroporation, the use of liposomes, and CaPO4 precipitation.
  • the retroviral plasmid vector may be encapsulated into a liposome, or coupled to a lipid, and then administered to a host.
  • the producer cell line generates infectious retroviral vector particles which include the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptides. Such retroviral vector particles then may be employed to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo.
  • the transduced eukaryotic cells will express the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptide.
  • Eukaryotic cells which may be transduced include, but are not limited to, embryonic stem cells, embryonic carcinoma cells, as well as hematopoietic stem cells, hepatocytes, fibroblasts, myoblasts, keratinocytes, endothelial cells, and bronchial epithelial cells.
  • the polynucleotide constructs may be delivered as naked polynucleotides.
  • naked polynucleotides is meant that the polynucleotides are free from any delivery vehicle that acts to assist, promote, or facilitate entry into the cell, including viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulation, lipofectin, precipitating agents and the like. Such methods are well known in the art and described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,593,972, 5,589,466, and 5,580,859.
  • the naked polynucleotides used in the invention can be those which do not integrate into the genome of the host cell. These may be non-replicating sequences, or specific replicating sequences genetically engineered to lack the genome-integration ability. Alternatively, the naked polynucleotides used in the invention may integrate into the genome of the host cell by, for example, homologous recombination, as discussed below. Preferably, the naked polynucleotide construct is contained in a plasmid.
  • Suitable expression vectors for delivery include, but are not limited to, vectors such as pRSVcat (ATCC 37152), pSVL and MSG (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), pSV2dhfr (ATCC 37146) and pBC12MI (ATCC 67109). Additional suitable plasmids are discussed in more detail above.
  • the naked polynucleotides can be administered to any tissue (such as muscle tissue) or organ, as described above. In another embodiment, the naked polynucleotides are administered to the tissue sunounding the tissue of origin. In another embodiment, the naked polynucleotides are administered systemically, through intravenous injection.
  • an effective dosage amount of polynucleotide will be in the range of from about 0.05 ⁇ g/kg body weight to about 50 mg/kg body weight.
  • the dosage will be from about 0.005 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and more preferably from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • the appropriate and effective dosage of the polynucleotide construct can readily be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art and may depend on the condition being treated and the route of administration.
  • the constructs may also be delivered with delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc. Such methods of delivery are known in the art.
  • delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc.
  • delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc.
  • delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc.
  • delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc.
  • the polynucleotide construct can be delivered specifically to hepatocytes through the method of Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:6985-16987 (1989).
  • the polynucleotide constructs are complexed in a liposome preparation.
  • Liposomal preparations for use in the instant invention include cationic (positively charged), anionic (negatively charged) and neutral preparations.
  • cationic liposomes are particularly prefened because a tight charge complex can be formed between the cationic liposome and the polyanionic nucleic acid.
  • Cationic liposomes have been shown to mediate intracellular delivery of plasmid DNA (Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1987) 84:7413-7416); mRNA (Malone et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1989) 86:6077-6081); and purified transcription factors (Debs et al., J. Biol. Chem. (1990) 265:10189-10192), in functional form.
  • Cationic liposomes are readily available.
  • N[l-2,3- dioleyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-triethylammonium (DOTMA) liposomes are particularly useful and are available under the trademark Lipofectin, from GIBCO BRL, Grand Island, N.Y. (See, also, Feigner et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA (1987) 84:7413-7416).
  • Other commercially available liposomes include transfectace (DDAB/DOPE) and DOTAP/DOPE (Boehringer).
  • cationic liposomes can be prepared from readily available materials using techniques well known in the art. See, e.g. PCT Application No. WO 90/11092 for a description of the synthesis of DOTAP (1,2- bis(oleoyloxy)-3-(trimethylammonio)propane) liposomes. Preparation of DOTMA liposomes is explained in the literature, see, e.g., P. Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413-7417. Similar methods can be used to prepare liposomes from other cationic lipid materials.
  • anionic and neutral liposomes are readily available, such as from Avanti Polar Lipids (Birmingham, Ala.), or can be easily prepared using readily available materials.
  • Such materials include phosphatidyl, choline, cholesterol, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, dioleoylphosphatidyl choline (DOPC), dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol (DOPG), dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine (DOPE), among others.
  • DOPC dioleoylphosphatidyl choline
  • DOPG dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol
  • DOPE dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine
  • These materials can also be mixed with the DOTMA and DOTAP starting materials in appropriate ratios. Methods for making liposomes using these materials are well known in the art.
  • DOPC dioleoylphosphatidyl choline
  • DOPG dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol
  • DOPE dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine
  • DOPG/DOPC vesicles can be prepared by drying 50 mg each of DOPG and DOPC under a stream of nitrogen gas into a sonication vial. The sample is placed under a vacuum pump overnight and is hydrated the following day with deionized water.
  • the sample is then sonicated for 2 hours in a capped vial, using a Heat Systems model 350 sonicator equipped with an inverted cup (bath type) probe at the maximum setting while the bath is circulated at 15 DC.
  • negatively charged vesicles can be prepared without sonication to produce multilamellar vesicles or by extrusion through nucleopore membranes to produce unilamellar vesicles of discrete size.
  • Other methods are known and available to those of skill in the art.
  • the liposomes can comprise multilamellar vesicles (MLVs), small unilamellar vesicles (SUVs), or large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs), with SUVs being prefened.
  • MLVs containing nucleic acid can be prepared by depositing a thin film of phosphohpid on the walls of a glass tube and subsequently hydrating with a solution of the material to be encapsulated.
  • SUVs are prepared by extended sonication of MLVs to produce a homogeneous population of unilamellar liposomes. The material to be entrapped is added to a suspension of preformed MLVs and then sonicated.
  • the dried lipid film is resuspended in an appropriate solution such as sterile water or an isotonic buffer solution such as 10 mM Tris/NaCl, sonicated, and then the preformed liposomes are mixed directly with the DNA.
  • an appropriate solution such as sterile water or an isotonic buffer solution such as 10 mM Tris/NaCl, sonicated, and then the preformed liposomes are mixed directly with the DNA.
  • the liposome and DNA form a very stable complex due to binding of the positively charged liposomes to the cationic DNA.
  • SUVs find use with small nucleic acid fragments.
  • LUVs are prepared by a number of methods, well known in the art. Commonly used methods include Ca2+-EDTA chelation (Papahadjopoulos et al., Biochim. Biophys.
  • cationic lipids include dipalmitoyl- phophatidylethanolamine 5-carboxyspen-nylamide (DPPES); 5- carboxyspermylglycine dioctadecylamide (DOGS); dimethyldioctdecyl- ammonium bromide (DDAB); and (D)-N,N-dimethyl-N-[2- (sperminecarboxamido)ethyl]-2,3-bis(dioleyloxy)-l-propanimimum pentahydrochloride (DOSPA).
  • DPES dipalmitoyl- phophatidylethanolamine 5-carboxyspen-nylamide
  • DOGS 5- carboxyspermylglycine dioctadecylamide
  • DDAB dimethyldioctdecyl- ammonium bromide
  • DOSPA dipalmitoyl- phophatidylethanolamine 5-carboxyspen-
  • Non-diether cationic lipids such as DL-1,2- dioleoyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl-D -hydroxyethylammonium (DORI diester), 1 ,2-O-dioleyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl- D -hydroxyethylammonium (DORIE diether), l-O-oleyl-2-oleoyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl-D- hydroxyethylammonium (DORI ester/ether), and their salts promote in vivo gene delivery.
  • Cationic cholesterol derivatives such as, ⁇ 3D[N-N,ND- dimethylamino)ethane]-carbomoyl ⁇ -cholesterol (DC-Choi), are also useful.
  • Prefened cationic lipids include: ( ⁇ )-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N,N- dimethyl-2,3-bis(tetradecyloxy)-l-propaniminium bromide; 3,5-(N,N-di- lysyl)diamino-benzoylglycyl-3-(DL-l,2-dioleoyl-dimethylaminopropyl-D- hydroxyethylamine) (DLYS-DABA-GLY-DORI diester); 3,5-(NN-dilysyl)- diaminobenzoyl-3-(DL- 1 ,2-dioleoyl-dimethylaminopropyl- D - hydroxyethylamine) (DLYS-DABA-DORI diester); and 1,2-dioleoyl-sn- glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine. Also prefened is the combinations of the following lipids: ( ⁇ )-
  • the lipid formulations may have a cationic lipid alone, or also include a neutral lipid such as cardiolipin, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleoylphosphatylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidyl- ethanolamine, 1 ,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), sphingomyelin, and mono-, di- or tri-acylglycerol).
  • DOPE dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine
  • Lipid formulations may also have cationic lipid together with a lysophosphatide.
  • the lysophosphatide may have a neutral or a negative head group.
  • lysophosphatides include lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidyl-ethanolamine, and 1-oleoyl lysophosphatidylcholine.
  • Lysophosphatide lipids are present Other additives, such as cholesterol, fatty acid, ganglioside, glycolipid, neobee, niosome, prostaglandin, sphingolipid, and any other natural or synthetic amphiphiles, can be used.
  • a prefened molar ratio of cationic lipid to neutral lipid in these lipid formulations is from about 9:1 to about 1:9; an equimolar ratio is more prefened in the lipid- containing formulation in a 1 :2 ratio of lysolipid to cationic lipid.
  • the ratio of DNA to liposomes will be from about 10:1 to about 1:10.
  • the ratio will be from about 5:1 to about 1:5. More preferably, the ratio will be about 3:1 to about 1:3. Still more preferably, the ratio will be about 1:1.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,676,954 reports on the injection of genetic material, complexed with cationic liposomes carriers, into mice.
  • WO 94/9469 provide cationic lipids for use in transfecting DNA into cells and mammals.
  • WO 94/9469 provide methods for delivering DNA-cationic lipid complexes to mammals.
  • cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, with the polynucleotide operably linked to a promoter contained in an adenovirus vector.
  • Adenovirus can be manipulated such that it encodes and expresses the desired gene product, and at the same time is inactivated in terms of its ability to replicate in a normal lytic viral life cycle. Adenovirus expression is achieved without integration of the viral DNA into the host cell chromosome, thereby alleviating concerns about insertional mutagenesis.
  • adenoviruses have been used as live enteric vaccines for many years with an excellent safety profile (Schwartz, A. R. et al. (1974) Am. Rev. Respir.
  • adenovirus mediated gene transfer has been demonstrated in a number of instances including transfer of alpha- 1- antitrypsin and CFTR to the lungs of cotton rats (Rosenfeld, M. A. et al. (1991) Science 252:431-434; Rosenfeld et al., (1992) Cell 68:143-155). Furthermore, extensive studies to attempt to establish adenovirus as a causative agent in human cancer were uniformly negative (Green, M. et al. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:6606).
  • adenoviral vectors useful in the present invention are described, for example, in Kozarsky and Wilson, Cun. Opin. Genet. Devel. 3:499-503 (1993); Rosenfeld et al, Cell 68:143-155 (1992); Engelhardt et al., Human Genet. Ther. 4:759-769 (1993); Yang et al., Nature Genet. 7:362-369 (1994); Wilson et al., Nature 365:691-692 (1993); and U.S. Patent No. 5,652,224, which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • the adenovirus vector Ad2 is useful and can be grown in human 293 cells.
  • These cells contain the El region of adenovirus and constirutively express Ela and Elb, which complement the defective adenovirases by providing the products of the genes deleted from the vector, hi addition to Ad2, other varieties of adenovirus (e.g., Ad3, Ad5, and Ad7) are also useful in the present invention.
  • Ad3, Ad5, and Ad7 are also useful in the present invention.
  • the adenovirases used in the present invention are replication deficient.
  • Replication deficient adenovirases require the aid of a helper viras and/or packaging cell line to form infectious particles.
  • the resulting viras is capable of infecting cells and can express a polynucleotide of interest which is operably linked to a promoter, for example, the polynucleotide of the present invention, but cannot replicate in most cells.
  • Replication deficient adenovirases may be deleted in one or more of all or a portion ofthe following genes: Ela, Elb, E3, E4, E2a, or LI through L5.
  • the cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, using an adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • AAVs are naturally occurring defective viruses that require helper viruses to produce infectious particles (Muzyczka, N., Cun. Topics in Microbiol. hnmunol. 158:97 (1992)). It is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non-dividing cells. Vectors containing as little as 300 base pairs of AAV can be packaged and can integrate, but space for exogenous DNA is limited to about 4.5 kb. Methods for producing and using such AAVs are known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,139,941, 5,173,414, 5,354,678, 5,436,146, 5,474,935, 5,478,745, and 5,589,377.
  • an appropriate AAV vector for use in the present invention will include all the sequences necessary for DNA replication, encapsidation, and host cell integration.
  • the polynucleotide construct is inserted into the AAV vector using standard cloning methods, such as those found in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989).
  • the recombinant AAV vector is then transfected into packaging cells which are infected with a helper viras, using any standard technique, including lipofection, electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, etc.
  • Appropriate helper viruses include adenovirases, cytomegalovirases, vaccinia viruses, or herpes viruses.
  • the packaging cells Once the packaging cells are transfected and infected, they will produce infectious AAV viral particles which contain the polynucleotide construct. These viral particles are then used to transduce eukaryotic cells, either ex vivo or in vivo. The transduced cells will contain the polynucleotide construct integrated into its genome, and will express the molecule of interest.
  • any mode of administration of any of the above-described polynucleotides constructs can be used so long as the mode results in the expression of one or more molecules in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect.
  • This includes direct needle injection, systemic injection, catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators (i.e., "gene guns"), gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depot materials, osmotic pumps (e.g., Alza mimpumps), oral or suppositorial solid (tablet or pill) pharmaceutical formulations, and decanting or topical applications.
  • a prefened method of local administration is by direct injection.
  • a recombinant molecule ofthe present invention complexed with a delivery vehicle is administered by direct injection into or locally within the area ofthe liver.
  • Administration of a composition locally within the area ofthe liver refers to injecting the composition centimeters and preferably, millimeters within the liver.
  • Another method of local administration is to contact a polynucleotide- promoter constract ofthe present invention in or around a surgical wound.
  • a patient can undergo surgery and the polynucleotide construct can be coated on the surface of tissue inside the wound or the construct can be injected into areas of tissue inside the wound.
  • compositions useful in systemic administration include recombinant molecules of the present invention complexed to a targeted delivery vehicle of the present invention.
  • Suitable delivery vehicles for use with systemic administration comprise liposomes comprising ligands for targeting the vehicle to a particular site, for example, ligands for targeting the vehicle to a tissue of interest. Targeting vehicles for other tissues and organs are well known to skilled artisans.
  • Prefened methods of systemic administration include intravenous injection, aerosol, oral and percutaneous (topical) delivery.
  • Intravenous injections can be performed using methods standard in the art. Aerosol delivery can also be performed using methods standard in the art (see, for example, Stribling et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 189:11277-11281, 1992, which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • Oral delivery can be performed by complexing a polynucleotide construct of the present invention to a carrier capable of withstanding degradation by digestive enzymes in the gut of an animal. Examples of such carriers, include plastic capsules or tablets, such as those known in the art.
  • Topical delivery can be performed by mixing a polynucleotide constract of the present invention with a lipophilic reagent (e.g., DMSO) that is capable of passing into the skin.
  • a lipophilic reagent e.g., DMSO
  • Determining an effective amount of substance to be delivered can depend upon a number of factors including, for example, the chemical structure and biological activity of the substance, the age and weight of the animal, the precise condition requiring treatment and its severity, and the route of administration.
  • the frequency of treatments depends upon a number of factors, such as the amount of polynucleotide constructs administered per dose, as well as the health and history of the subject. The precise amount, number of doses, and timing of doses will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian.
  • Direct administration of a DNA constract coding for a compound of the invention can be suitably accomplished for expression of the fusion compound within cells of the subject.
  • host compatible cells into which such nucleic acids have been introduced may be administered to the subject.
  • engineered cells can then express in vivo the compound ofthe invention.
  • Such engineered cells can be administered to a subject to induce an immune response or alternatively to suppress an immune response, as disclosed herein.
  • a treatment method for suppression of an immune response provides for administration of a compound of the invention in which the peptide is a TCR antagonist or partial agonist. See Sette et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12:413-431 (1994)). Peptides that are TCR antagonists or partial agonists can be readily identified and selected by the in vitro protocols identified above. A compound ofthe invention that contains a peptide that is a TCR antagonist or partial agonist is particularly prefened for treatment of allergies and autoimmune diseases.
  • Irnmunosuppressive therapies of the invention also may be used in combination with other known irnmunosuppressive agents such as anti- inflammatory drags to provide a more effective treatment of a T cell-mediated disorder.
  • other irnmunosuppressive agents useful in conjunction with the compounds of the invention include anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids and nonsteroidal drags.
  • the invention also provides methods for invoking an immune response in a mammal such as a human, including vaccinating a mammal with a compound or composition described herein.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for raising an immune response and treating hyperproliferative disorders.
  • hyperproliferative disorders that can be treated by the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to neoplasms located in the: abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic, and urogenital.
  • hyperproliferative disorders can also be treated by the compounds of the invention.
  • hyperproliferative disorders include, but are not limited to: hypergammaglobulinemia, lymphoproliferative disorders, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's Macroglobulinemia, Gaucher's Disease, histiocytosis, and any other hyperproliferative disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organ system listed above.
  • viruses are one example of an infectious agent that can cause disease or symptoms that can be treated by the compounds ofthe invention.
  • viruses include, but are not limited to the following DNA and RNA viral families: Arboviras, Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Arterivirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae (hepatitis), Herpesviridae (such as, Cytomegaloviras, Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegaviras (e.g., Paramyxoviridae, Morbillivirus, Rhabdoviridae), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., Influenza), Papovaviridae, Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxvi
  • Virases falling within these families can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to: arthritis, bronchiollitis, encephalitis, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis), chronic fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (A, B, C, E, Chronic Active, Delta), meningitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS), pneumonia, Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemonhagic fever, measles, mumps, parainfluenza, rabies, the common cold, Polio, leukemia, Rubella, sexually transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., Kaposi's, warts), and viremia.
  • arthritis bronchiollitis, encephalitis
  • eye infections e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis
  • chronic fatigue syndrome hepatitis (A, B, C, E, Chronic Active, Delta)
  • meningitis
  • bacterial or fungal families can cause the following diseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to: bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, Reiter's Disease, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease, Cat-Scratch Disease, Dysentery, Paratyphoid Fever, food poisoning, Typhoid, pneumonia, Gononhea, meningitis, Chlamydia, Syphilis, Diphtheria, Leprosy, Paratuberculosis, Tuberculosis, Lupus, Botulism, gangrene, tetanus, impetigo, Rheumatic Fever, Scarlet Fever, sexually transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., cellulitis
  • the compounds of the invention can be used to treat anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group incompatibility.
  • MIC-A and -B One of the major biological properties of MIC-A and -B is to bind specifically to the NKG2D activating receptor present on NK cells, as well as on CD8 T cells expressing also, either the y-8 or the a-B antigen receptor. Through this binding to NKG2D receptor, the MIC-A and -B can act as a natural antigen and activate NK and T cells and induce them to kill the epithelial cells overexpressing the MIC proteins. This activation of effector cells is more rapid than the system of acquired immunity and represents a first line of defense belonging to the innate immunity (Groh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:6879 (1999)).
  • CDl monomorphic isoforms Five CDl monomorphic isoforms have been identified (CDl a, b, c, d and e), which have a high degree of homology among themselves and a lower degree of homology with the classical MHC class I molecules (almost no homology on alpha-1 and up to 35%> on alpha-2 and alpha-3 domains). Despite low sequence homology, the resolution of the crystal structure of mouse CDld revealed a folding similar to MHC class I (Zeng et al., Science 277:339 (1997)). The major difference resides in the antigen binding groove which is composed of only two very hydrophobic and deep pockets, that are likely to accomodate the lipidic tail ofthe antigen, while presenting the carbohydrate part to the T cell receptor.
  • CDld molecule has been broadly associated with anti-tumor immunity (Wilson et al, Trends Mol. Med. 8:225 (2002); and Brutkiewicz et al., Crit. Rev. Oncol.
  • CD Id-restricted T cells are characterized both in mice and humans by a highly restricted TCR repertoire and expression of some NK markers (CDl 61, NKG2d). They were therefore called NKT cells and are considered as part of innate immunity (Bendelac et al., Science 268:863 (1995)).
  • NKT cells have an unsual ability of secreting both Thl and Th2 cytokines and their role in inflammation, autoimmunity and tumor immunity is being extensively investigated (Bendelac et al., Science 268:863 (1995); Chen and Paul, J,.
  • MIC-A or -B or ULBP molecules are produced in bacteria or in an eukaryotic cells with a mutation introducing a cysteine at the C-terminus, as described for HLA-A2 by Robert et al. (Robert et al., Cancer Immunity (2001)). Then, the free SH group on the cysteine is saturated with an excess of bismaleimide coupling reagent.
  • [0205] b) Fusion protein.
  • the genes encoding MIC-A or -B, or ULBP are fused to the genes encoding either a single chain antibody fragment or a Fab fragment directed against a human TAA.
  • the genes are fused so that the synthesis starts either at the N-terminus of the MIC-A/B or ULBP and continues with the antibody fragment or at the N-terminus of the antibody fragment and be followed by the MIC-A B or ULBP.
  • conjugates or fusion proteins which gave the best in vitro results in the 51 Cr release assay are then tested in vivo first in experimental animal models and subsequently in tumor bearing patients.
  • the experimental animal bearing a tumor known to express the relevant TAA are injected i.v. with increasing amounts of antibody-MIC-A/-B or ULBP conjugates or fusion proteins.
  • One or two days after injection of the conjugate or fusion proteins the animal or the patients are treated with a cytokine or chemokine such as interferon- gamma or IL-12 or IL-2, known to stimulate NK cells activity.
  • the tumor size is monitored to verify that the tumor cells, which have been targeted with an optimal dose of conjugates or fusion proteins, are selectively killed by NK cells.
  • b) Fusion protein The cDNA of soluble CDld protein is fused to the sequences encoding scFv or Fab fragment from a high affinity anti-TAA mAb. Two types of fusions will be made so that either the CD-Id will be expressed at the N-terminus, followed by the antibody fragment or the opposite. In both cases, a semi-rigid amino-acid spacer sequence is placed between the antibody fragment and the CDld molecule to avoid steric hindrance.
  • fusion protein The most active form of fusion protein is selected in vitro on target cancer cells expressing the relevant TAA, as described in Example lb, except that the CDld in the fusion protein is loaded with alpha-galactosylceramide and that NKT cells are used as effector cells instead of NK cells.
  • the conjugate or fusion proteins which gave the best in vitro results are tested in vivo, first in tumor bearing experimental animals and subsequently in patients, as described in example lc, except that the antibody fragment-CDld conjugate or fusion protein is loaded with alpha-galactosylceramide or with different activating glycolipids.
  • the antibody-CDld conjugate or fusion protein is injected without alpha-galactosylceramide or glycolipids, in order that the CDld molecules, targeted on tumor cells, become progressively loaded with endogenous glycolipids.
  • a third strategy is evaluated in vivo in experimental animals. It consists of the injection in a first step of alpha-galactosylceramide in order to stimulate activation and proliferation of NKT cells, followed in a second step 8 to 24 hours later, by the injection of the antibody-CDld conjugate.
  • NK and NKT cells in the tumor neovessels have three beneficial effects: 1) It increases inflammation in the tumor area and enhances anti-tumor immune response by recruitment of antigen presenting cells and T lymphocytes through local secretion of cytokines and interleukins; 2) It has a direct cytotoxic effect against endothelial cells from tumor neovessels and thus decreases blood flow in the tumor and 3) The increased secretion of TNF and other cytokines by macrophages ultimately induce the collapse of the tumor neovasculature.
  • the degree of activation of NK or NKT cells in presence of target cells coated or not with the conjugates or fusion proteins is evaluated by measurement ofthe release of cytokines or interleukins such as IFN-gamma or IL4 by NK or NKT cells.
  • An antibody fusion molecule is formed that contains either all (IgG- avidin), or a portion (F(ab)-avidin and F(ab')2-avidin) of an antibody molecule fused in frame with the chicken avidin open reading frame.
  • the chimeric Ig Heavy chain-avidin along with the complementing Ig Light Chain are produced in Drosophila cells in three steps.
  • step one PCR is used to create the cloning cassette for VH, including appropriate regions preceded by a signal sequence (SS) for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site
  • SS signal sequence
  • h step two PCR is used to amplify the avidin gene.
  • restriction digestion is used at the Kpnl site followed by ligation to combine the two fragments.
  • the IgGl and avidin proteins are separated by a 12 amino acid linker.
  • CDld The extracellular portion of CDld along with ⁇ 2-microglobulin ( ⁇ 2M) is produced separately in Drosophila.
  • the CDld/B2M molecule is biotinylated, incubated with the Ig- Avidin fusion protein and purified.
  • VH cassette Standard PCR is used to amplify the relevant portions of IgG with a pre-configured VH insertion site from a previously described template.
  • the PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure. Specifically, an IgGl construct that allows for insertion of a variable gene of interest through BssHI and BstEII restriction sites has been generated (U.S. Appl. Publ. No. 2003/0104402, published June 5, 2003). This constract is available as template for PCR using the following primers:
  • the CHI region derives from other immunoglobulin isotypes, including IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD or IgE. Particularly prefened is the longer and more flexible IgG3 hinge region.
  • CTCCTTCTGTGTGCGCAGGC - 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10) (Agel restriction site is in bold).
  • the PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure.
  • variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest ofthe bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion ofthe variable gene sequence.
  • the linker is bolded and underlined.
  • F(ab'2) constract polypeptide sequence is:
  • variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest ofthe bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence.
  • the linker is bolded and underlined.
  • the full IgGl constract nucleotide sequence is: GCGGCCGCAAACC
  • a chimeric kappa L chain is coupled in frame with avidin. Assembly takes place in a three-step process.
  • step one PCR is employed to create the CL region preceded by a signal sequence for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site.
  • the kappa light chain constant region (CK) is PCR amplified from a previously described plasmid template with a pre-configured VL insertion site that allows for directional cloning of any immunoglobulin light chain variable region gene of interest at ApaLI and Xhol restriction sites (US20020123057, published Sept 5, 2002).
  • His vector is a Drosophila expression vector.
  • the purpose of this step is to modify this vector so that it contains a biotinylation sequence (BirA recognition sequence) in frame with a 6-His Tag at the C terminus.
  • This allows for cloning of polypeptides of interest in frame with the BirA sequence and the 6-His Tag: (1) BirA Sense: 5'CCGGTggtggcggtctgaac gacatcttcgaggctcagaaaatcgaatggcacgaaT (SEQ ID NO: 17); and (2) BirA Antisense: 5' CCGGAttcgtgccattcgattttctgagcctcgaagatgtcgttcagaccgccaccA (SEQ ID NO: 18).
  • Production of the antibody-avidin CDld- ⁇ 2-microglobulin complex is accomplished in 2 steps, h the first step, Drosophila S2 cells are transfected with the constracts encoding the chimeric antibody-avidin and the antibody light chain gene. High expressing clones are selected. At the same time a different aliquot of S2 cells is transfected with the CDld construct and a construct encoding B2M and clones expressing high levels of the CDld- ⁇ 2- microglobulin complex are isolated.
  • B Production of the chimeric antibody- ⁇ 2-microglobulin / CDld complex.
  • Different S2 cells are cotransfected with plasmids encoding CDld (IE), ⁇ 2-microglobulin (IF) and pCOBLAST (Invitrogen).
  • pCOBLAST confers resistance to Blasticidin.
  • Stable clones are selected using Blasticidin. Expression ofthe recombinant CDld- ⁇ 2-microglobulin complex is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for B2M, and CDld.
  • the clones that express the highest amount of CDld- ⁇ 2- microglobulin complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
  • the remaining free biotin is removed by dialysis into phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.4.
  • the biotinylated CDld/B2M complex is incubated with a 3 fold molar excess of ⁇ -GalCer (CDld ligand) overnight at room temperatue. Excess ⁇ -GalCer is removed by dialysis.
  • the CDld/B2M/ ⁇ - GalCer complex is incubated with the antibody-avidin molecule for 4 hours at room temperature. Assembled complex is purified by HPLC.
  • F(ab') 2 constract: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGCAAACCATGG GATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:25) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCC TGGGCACGGTGGGCATGTGTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:26) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
  • the CHI region derives from other immunoglobulin isotypes, including IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD or IgE. Particularly prefened is the longer and more flexible IgG3 hinge region.
  • VH-gene can be inserted between the BssHII (bold) and BstEII (dashed underline) sites.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab)- ⁇ 2 microglobulin is:
  • variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence.
  • the linker is bolded and underlined.
  • the variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest ofthe bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence.
  • the linker is bolded and underlined.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the chimeric full IgGl- ⁇ 2 microglobulin is: GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTG GTAGCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCC TCCACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGA GCACCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTA CTTCCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACC AGCGGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCT ACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCAC CCAG
  • the polypeptide sequence of the chimeric full IgGl- ⁇ 2 microglobulin is: MGWSCIILFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGG TAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSW TWSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELL GGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPI ⁇ EQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALP APIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSC SVMHEALHNHYTOKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGTGGGGSIORTPKIQVYSRH PAENGKSNFLNCYVSGF
  • a chimeric kappa L chain is coupled in frame with ⁇ 2-microglobulin. Assembly takes place in a three-step process.
  • step one PCR is employed to create the CL region preceded by a signal sequence for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site.
  • the kappa light chain constant region (CK) is PCR amplified from a previously described plasmid template with a pre- configured VL insertion site that allows for directional cloning of any immunoglobulin light chain variable region gene of interest at ApaLI and Xliol restriction (U.S. Appl. Publ. No.
  • step two the ⁇ 2-microglobulin gene preceded by the linker with a Kpnl restriction site is amplified exactly as described above for heavy chain fusion products.
  • step three the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of the immunoglobulin light chain with either kappa or lambda light chain constant regions will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • chimeric molecules are constructed where ⁇ 2 microglobulin is fused in frame with the amino terminus ofthe immunoglobulin heavy or light chain. These molecules are assembled in a 3 step process, hi step 1, the ⁇ 2 microglobulin gene, including the signal sequence, is PCR amplified from a plasmid template. This PCR modification adds a Notl site at the 5' end, and a portion of the gly, ' ser linker and a KPNI site at the 3' end.
  • step 2 the entire immunoglobulin heavy chain or light chain genes (variable and constant domains, or constant domain with restriction endonuclease sites for the insertion of a V gene), without the signal sequence, is PCR amplified.
  • This PCR modification adds a portion of the gly,ser linker and a Kpnl site at the 5' end, and an Agel site at the 3' end.
  • step three the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of these genes and the construction of these molecules will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • CDld extracellular product is digested with Kpn I and Age I and cloned into the Kpnl and Agel sites of pMT/N5-His A vector (hivitrogen).
  • the C terminus of CDld is in frame with a 6 His tag encoded by the vector, and contains an additional Thr and gly that are encoded by the Agel site.
  • Production ofthe antibody- ⁇ 2-microglobulin / CDld complex is done in 2 steps.
  • Drosophila S2 cells are transfected with the constracts encoding the chimeric antibody-b2M and the antibody light chain gene.
  • High expressing clones are selected and then transfected with the CDld construct and clones expressing high levels ofthe antibody- ⁇ 2-microglobulin / CDld complex are isolated.
  • Drosophila S2 cells stably transfected and producing antibody- ⁇ 2-microglobulin.
  • Drosophila S2 cells are triply transfected with plasmids that encode 1) antibody-B2M (full IgG, F(ab), or F(ab')2); 2) antibody light chain; and 3) pCOHYGRO (Invitrogen). This plasmid confers resistance to the drag hygromycin.
  • the triply transfected cells are selected with hygromycin and clones isolated. Expression ofthe recombinant anibody- b2M are induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for antibody and B2M.
  • B Production of the chimeric antibody- ⁇ 2-microglobulin / CDld complex.
  • the highest antibody-B2M producing clones from (A) is cotransfected with plasmids encoding CDld (IE) and pCOBLAST (Invitrogen).
  • pCOBLAST confers resistance to Blasticidin.
  • Stable clones are selected using Hygromycin and Blasticidin.
  • Expression of the recombinant antibody-b2M/CDld complex is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for Ig, B2M, and CDld.
  • the clones that express the highest amount of antibody-b2M/CDld complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
  • An antibody fusion molecule is formed that contains all (IgG-CDld), or a portion (F(ab)-CDld and F(ab')2-CDld) of an antibody molecule fused in frame with the extracellular domain of CDld. Assembly takes place in a three- step process. In step one, PCR is used to create the cloning cassette for VH , including the appropriate IgGl regions preceded by a signal sequence (SS) for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site, hi step two, PCR is used to amplify the extracellular region of the CDld gene. Finally, in step three, restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation is used to combine the two fragments. The IgGl and CDld proteins are separated by a 12 amino acid linker.
  • SS signal sequence
  • VH cassette Standard PCR is used to amplify the appropriate portion of IgGl with a pre-configured VH insertion site from a previously described template which is a human IgGl constract that allows for insertion of a variable gene of interest through BssHI and BstEII restriction sites.
  • the PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure. This constract is described elsewhere (U.S. Appl. Publ. No. 2003/0104402, published June 5, 2003) and is available as template for PCR using the following primers.
  • AATTGCGGCCGC AAACCATGGG ATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:43) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCCTGGGCACGGTGGGCATGTGT G 3' (SEQ ID NO:44) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
  • GATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:45) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCC TTTACCCGGAGACAGGGAGAG 3' (SEQ ID NO:46) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
  • the antibody regions derive from other immunoglobulin isotypes, including IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD or IgE. Particularly prefened is the longer and more flexible IgG3 hinge region.
  • the final nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab')2-CDld product is: GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTG GTAGCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCT CCACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAG CACCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTAC TTCCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCA GCGGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTA CTCCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACC CAGACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAG GTGGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACACA TGCCCACCGTGCCCAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCG
  • the final polypeptide sequence of the chimeric F(ab')2-CDld product is: MGWSCIILFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGG TAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSW TWSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPGGGG SGTGGGGSVPORLFPLRCLQISSFANSSWTRTDGLAWLGELOTHSWS NDSDTVRSLKPWSQGTFSDQQWETLQHIFRVYRSSFTRDVKEFAKML RLSYPLELQVSAGCEVHPGNASNNFFHVAFQGKDILSFQGTSWEPTQE APLWVNLAIQVLNQDKWTRETVQWLLNGTCPQFVSGLLESGKSELKK QVKPKAWLSRGPSPGPGRLLLVCHVSGFYPKPVWVKWMRGEQEQQG TQPGDILPNADETW
  • variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence.
  • the linker is bolded and underlined.
  • the final nucleotide sequence of the chimeric IgGl-CDld product is:
  • variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence.
  • the linker is bolded and underlined.
  • a chimeric kappa L chain is coupled in frame with CDld. Assembly takes place in a three-step process.
  • step one PCR is employed to create the CL region preceded by a signal sequence for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site.
  • the kappa light chain constant region (CK) is PCR amplified from a previously described plasmid template with a pre-configured VL insertion site that allows for directional cloning of any immunoglobulin light chain variable region gene of interest at ApaLI and Xhol restriction sites.
  • step two the CDld gene preceded by the linker with a Kpnl restriction site is amplified exactly as described above for heavy chain fusion products.
  • step three the two fragments are joined " by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification ofthe immunoglobulin light chain with either kappa or lambda light chain constant regions will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • chimeric molecules are constructed where the extracellular domain of CDld is fused in frame with the amino terminus of the immunoglobulin heavy or light chain. These molecules are assembled in a 3 step process.
  • step 1 the extracellular domain of CDld, including the signal sequence is PCR amplified from a plasmid template. This PCR modification adds a Notl site at the 5' end, and a portion ofthe gly,ser linker and a KPNI site at the 3' end.
  • h step 2 the entire immunoglobulin heavy chain or light chain genes (variable and constant domains, or constant domain with restriction endonuclease sites for the insertion of a V gene), without the signal sequence, is PCR amplified.
  • This PCR modification adds a portion ofthe gly,ser linker and a Kpnl site at the 5' end, and an Agel site at the 3' end.
  • step three the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of these genes and the construction of these molecules will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the fragment encoding the entire open reading frame of ⁇ 2- microglobulin is generated by standard PCR using plasmid DNA as template. This fragment is cloned into a Drosophila expression vector such as pMT/V5- His. Cloning is designed so that there is not a 6-His Tag at the C terminal. This is easily accomplished by incorporating a "Stop" codon in the antisense primer immediately following the ⁇ 2-microglobulin open reading frame. Methods to accomplish this construction are well known to those skilled in the art. EXAMPLE 19
  • Production ofthe antibody-CDld / ⁇ 2-microglobulin complex is done in 2 steps.
  • Drosophila S2 cells are transfected with the constructs encoding the chimeric antibody-CDld and the antibody light chain gene.
  • High expressing clones are selected and then transfected with the ⁇ 2- microglobulin construct and clones expressing high levels of the antibody- CDld / ⁇ -microglobulin complex isolated.
  • Step 1 Generation of Drosophila S2 cells stably transfected and producing antibody-CDld.
  • Drosophila S2 cells are triply transfected with plasmids that encode 1) antibody-CDld (full IgG, F(ab), or F(ab')2 2) antibody light chain 3) pCOHYGRO (Invitrogen) Note that this plasmid confers resistance to the drag hygromycin.
  • the triply transfected cells are selected with hygromycin and clones isolated. Expression of the recombinant anitbody-CDld is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for antibody and CDld.
  • Step 2 Production and purification ofthe chimeric antibody-CD ld/ ⁇ 2- microglobulin complex.
  • the highest antibody-CDld producing clones from (A) is cotransfected with plasmids encoding ⁇ 2-microglobulin (IE) and pCOBLAST (Invitrogen).
  • pCOBLAST confers resistance to Blasticidin.
  • Stable clones are selected using Hygromycin and Blasticidin.
  • Expression of the recombinant antibody-CD ld/ ⁇ 2M complex is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for Ig, B2M, and CDld.
  • the clones that express the highest amount of antibody-CDld / ⁇ 2M complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
  • the highest expressing clone is expanded to 10+ L scale cultures in X- press serum free media, and induced to express this complex by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride to the media.
  • the complex containing media is concentrated and dialyzed against 0.15M sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4).
  • the antibody-CD ld/ ⁇ 2M complex is purified ' by Ni-NTA agarose chromatography, and then further purified by HPLC.
  • the purified complex is incubated with a 3 fold molar excess of ⁇ -GalCer (CDld ligand) overnight at room temperature. Excess ⁇ -GalCer is removed by dialysis.
  • the final complex is purified by HPLC.
  • the complexes prepared above are tested for the ability ofthe antibody part to bind the tumor antigen and for the proper conformation of the CDld complex, by flow cytometry on target antigen-expressing cell lines revealed by an anti-CD Id mAb or by "sandwich elisa" on immobilized target antigen and revealed by anti-CD Id.
  • NKT cells when coated on a tumor cell line positive for the antigen recognized by the anti-TAA antibody fragment (i.e. human CEA transfected mouse cell line). Negative controls are either a tumor cell line that does not express the TAA, or an unrelated conjugate or ⁇ -GalCer alone. Activation of ex vivo mouse liver MNCs or enriched NKT cells (microbeads sorting) or human NKT cell lines will be tested by flow cytometry staining with CDld tetramer and intracellular cytokine such as IFN ⁇ .
  • CDld- ⁇ -GalCer restricted NKT cells were demonstrated mainly in models of liver and lung metastasis and the favoured cell lines used were EL-4 T lymphoma and B16-BL6 melanoma, both with BL/6 background (Smyth et al., 2002. Blood 99:1259; Hayakawa et al, 2001. Eur J Immunol 31:1720; Takeda et al., 2000. Int Immunol 12:909; and Cui et al., 1997. Science 278:1623). These cells are stably transfected with the surface antigen chosen as target, for example human CEA.
  • the complex is tested for systemic activation of NKT cells. Different amounts of conjugate or fusion are injected in normal mice with no tumor and results are compared with injection of ⁇ -GalCer alone. It is known that as few as 2 ⁇ g of ⁇ -GalCer (ip) leads to a rapid disappearance of NKT by activation induced cell death in spleen and liver (Hayakawa et al., 2001. Eur J Immunol 31:1720, Eberl and MacDonald. 2000, Eur J Immunol 30:985). Effects of CDld-antibody conjugate versus ⁇ -GalCer alone is evaluated on liver MNCs by ex vivo flow cytometry with CDld tetramer. Optimal amount of the bifunctional molecule with limited systemic effect is selected for in vivo tumor treatment.
  • Tumor graft inhibition the rumor cell line expressing the TAA is coated in vitro with the selected CDld-antibody fusion or conjugate and the cells are injected intravenously in the tail vein.
  • the negative control is either the parental cell line negative for the TAA or the same tumor cells coated with a classical MHC Class I-antibody conjugate produced in the laboratory (such as H-2Kb-ONAp-anti CEA conjugate) .
  • mice are sacrificed and metastatic nodules in the lung and possibly are counted is be compared with the known ⁇ KT-mediated effects of ⁇ -GalCer or IL-12 treatments (Hayakawa et al., 2001. Eur J hnmunol 31:1720; Takeda et al., 2000. Int Immunol 12:909).
  • Established tumors based on the results of the tumor protection experiments, a second set of in vivo experiments is used to test the effectiveness of CDld-antibody bifunctional molecule on established tumors.
  • Tumor cells are injected iv in the tail vein and treatment with the conjugate or fusion protein is started at different time points as a single or as multiple injections.
  • Antibody fragment alone is injected in additional animals as a negative control.
  • animals are sacrificed and metastatic nodules will be analyzed as above. Results are compared to the injection of ⁇ -GalCer alone in view of its known antimetastatic effect.
  • liver metastasis will be favoured by intrasplenic injection of tumor cells and subsequent removal of the spleen. Similar treatments as above will be tested.
  • Human NKT cells can be propagated in vitro in contrast to mouse NKT and adoptive transfer studies in mice have shown that small numbers of NKT and NK cells can collaborate to suppress tumor metastasis (Wilson et al., 2002. Trends Mol Med 8:225; Smyth et al., 2002Curr Opin Immunol 14:165; and Smyth et al, 2002. Blood 99:1259).
  • Human CDld-antitumor antibody molecule is tested in vitro with human tumor cell lines that express the TAA such as CEA as targets and with freshly expanded human NKT cell lines. The read out will be IFN ⁇ release and the respective role of NKT and NK cells will be assessed by non T cells depletion by microbeads negative sorting. Human CDld-antitumor antibody molecule is also tested in vivo by adoptive transfer of human NKT cells in immunodeficient mice (SCID) grafted with human tumors positive for the TAA. Treatment with the bifunctional molecule of human CDld- ⁇ -GalCer- antitumor antibody is performed as in the syngeneic mouse model.
  • SCID immunodeficient mice

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The invention is directed to a compound comprising one or more CD1d complexes in association with an antibody specific for a cell surface marker. The CD1d complexes comprise a CD1d, a ß2-microglobulin molecule, and may further comprise an antigen bound to the CD1d binding groove. The invention is further directed to methods of inhibiting or stimulating an immune response with the CD1d-antibody compounds, in particular anti-tumor and autoimmunity responses.

Description

TARGETED CDld MOLECULES
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
Not applicable.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field ofthe Invention
[0001] The invention generally relates to the field of immunology.
Background Art
[0002] The natural immune system strikes a complex balance between highly aggressive, protective immune responses to foreign pathogens and the need to maintain tolerance to normal tissues. In recent years there has been increasing recognition that interactions among many different cell types contribute to maintaining this balance. Such interactions can, for example, result in polarized responses with either production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by TH1 type T cells or production of interleukin-4 (IL-4) by TH2 type T cells that suppress TH1 activity. In a number of different animal models, T cell polarization to TH1 has been shown to favor protective immunity to tumors or infectious pathogens whereas T cell polarization to TH2 can be a critical factor in preventing development of cell-mediated autoimmune disease. The conditions that determine whether immune stimulation will result in aggressive cell-mediated immunity or in down regulation of such responses are highly localized in the sense that each tissue is comprised of a distinctive set of antigen presenting cells (APC) and lymphocyte lineages that interact to favor different immune responses. For example, under optimal conditions, the dendritic cells (DC) localized in a normal tissue may represent predominantly a lineage and stage of maturation that favors tolerogenic interactions and serves as a barrier to cell-mediated autoimmunity whereas a tumor or site of infection will attract mature myeloid dendritic cells that stimulate potent cell- mediated immune responses.
[0003] CD Id-restricted NKT cells are a unique class of non-conventional T cells that appear to play an important role in defining the outcome of immune stimulation in the local environment. They share with the larger class of NKT cells the expression of markers of both the T cell and natural killer (NK) cell lineages although several studies suggest that expression of NK markers such as CD161 and NKG2d by NKT cells is a function of both stage of maturation and state of activation (Chen et al., J Immunol 1997; 158 :5112-9). As such, NKT cells are considered as part of innate immunity like NK cells and in humans their frequency in normal individuals can be as high as 2.0% of total T lymphocytes (Gumperz et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:625; Lee et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:637).
[0004] CD Id-restricted NKT cells are distinguished from other NKT cells by their specificity for lipid and glycolipid antigens presented by the monomorphic MHC class lb molecule, CDld (Kawano et al., Science 278 (1997), pp. 1626-16292). CDld is a non-MHC encoded molecule that associates with β2-microglobulin and is structurally related to classical MHC class I molecules. In contrast to MHC class I and class II molecules that sample peptides from the cytosol and endocytic compartments and transport them to the cell surface where they can be recognized by T cells, CDld has a hydrophobic antigen-binding pocket that is specialized for binding the hydrocarbon chains of lipid tails or hydrophobic peptides (Zeng et al., Science 277 (1997), pp. 339-345). CDld is known to bind a marine sponge derived α- glycosylated sphingolipid, α-galactosylceramide (α-GalCer), and related molecules such as sphingolipids with α-linked galactose or glucose but not mannose (Kawano et al., Science 278 (1997), pp. 1626-1629; and Zeng et al., Science 277 (1997), pp. 339-345). As discussed below, the ability to activate many CDld-restriced NKT cells by stimulation with α-GalCer or related molecules bound to CDld of antigen presenting cells has greatly facilitated functional analysis of this non-conventional T cell subset. In the absence of inflammation, CD Id-restricted NKT cells have been shown to localize preferentially in certain tissues like thymus, liver and bone marrow (Wilson et al., 2002. Trends Mol Med 8:225) and antitumor activity of NKT cells has been mainly investigated in mouse liver metastasis.
[0005] NKT cells have an unusual ability of secreting both TH1 and TH2 cytokines and potent cytotoxic as well as regulatory functions have been documented in inflammation, autoimmunity and tumor immunity (Bendelac et al., 1995Science 268:863; Chen and Paul. 1997. J Immunol 159:2240; and Exley et al.,1997. J Exp Med 186:109). Distinct functional subsets of NKT cells have been characterized as regards their cytokine profiles, expression of several NK receptors, tissue segregation and CDld dependance (Gumperz et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:625; Lee et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:637; Eberl et al, 1999. J Immunol 162:6410; and MacDonald, 2002, Curr Opin Immunol 14:250).
[0006] Among the CD Id-restricted NKT cells is a subset that expresses a highly conserved αβT cell receptor (TCR). In man this invariant TCR is comprised of Nα24Jαl5 in association with Nβl l whereas in mice the receptor comprises the highly homologous Nαl4Jαl8 and Vβ8.2. Other CD Id-restricted ΝKT cells express more variable TCR. Both TCR invariant and TCR variant classes of CD Id-restricted T cells can be detected by binding of CDld-tetramers loaded with α-GalCer (Benlagha et al., J Exp Med 191 (2000), pp. 1895-1903; Matsuda et al., J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp. 741-754; and Karadimitris et al., Proc Νatl Acad Sci USA 98 (2001), pp. 3294-3298). CD Id-restricted ΝKT cells, as defined in this application (CDld-ΝKT), include cells that express either invariant or variant TCR and that bind or are activated by CDld loaded with either α-GalCer or with related sphingolipids that have α-linked galactose or glucose including molecules such as OCH, which differs from α-GalCer by having a shortened long-chain sphingosine base (C5 vs. C14) and acyl chain (C24 vs. C26) (Miyamoto et al., Nature 2001 413:531-4 ). A common feature of CDld-NKT cells is that, in contrast to conventional T cells, these lymphocytes often have a surface phenotype (CD44hiCD62L-CD69+) that is characteristic of recently activated or memory T cells. This striking phenotype has been explained by an in vivo autoreactivity of these T cells to still unknown autologous ligands presented by CDld (Kronenberg and Gapin. 2002Nat Rev Immunol 2:557).
[0007] CDld-NKT have been shown to have direct cytotoxic activity against targets that express CDld. It is likely, however, that the effect of CDld-NKT on immune responses is amplified through recruitment of other lymphocytes either by direct interaction or, perhaps even more importantly, by indirect recruitment through interaction with DC. CDld-NKT have the unique ability to secrete large quantities of IL-4 and IFN-γ early in an immune response. Secretion of IFN-γ induces activation of DC which produce interleukin-12 (IL-12). IL-12 stimulates further IFN-γ secretion by NKT cells and also leads to activation of NK cells which secrete more IFN-γ.
[0008] Since CDld-NKT are able to rapidly secrete large amounts of both IL-
4 and IFN-γ, the polarization of immune responses will depend on whether the effect of pro-inflammatory IFN-γ or anti-inflammatory IL-4 cytokines predominate. This has been reported to be, in part, a function of the relative frequency of different subsets of CDld-NKT. These subsets include (i) an invariant CDld-NKT population that is negative for both CD4 and CD 8 and that gives rise to predominantly a THl type response including secretion of pro-inflammatory IFN-γ and TNF- and (ii) a separate population of CDld- NKT that is CD4+ and that gives rise to both a THl type and TH2 type response including secretion of the anti-inflammatory Th2-type cytokines IL- 4, IL-5, IL-10 and IL-13 (Lee et al., J Exp Med 2002; 195 :637-41; and Gumperz et al., J Exp Med 2002; 195 :625-36). Local factors that influence activation of CDld-NKT subsets include the cytokine environment and, importantly, the DC that are recruited to that environment.
[0009] The availability of a defined antigen, α-GalCer, that can be employed to specifically activate the CDld-NKT cell subset has made it possible to examine the role of these non-conventional T cells in a variety of immune responses. Administration ofthe α-GalCer lipid antigen has a dramatic effect on a number of different microbial infections, including protective effects in murine malaria, fungal and hepatitis B virus infections (Kakimi et al, J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp. 921-930; Gonzalez-Aseguinolaza et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97 (2000), pp. 8461-8466; and Kawakami et al., Infect Immun 69 (2001), pp. 213-220). Dramatic effects of administration of α-GalCer have also been observed in animal models of tumor immunity. Stimulation with α- GalCer or with cytokines like IL-12 suppresses lung and liver metastases in an NKT dependent manner as shown by loss of protection in mice that do not develop CDld-NKT because they are deficient in CDld or in the NKT TCR chain that is dominantly expressed in CDld-NKT (Smyth et al., 2002. Blood 99:1259; Hayakawa et al., Eur J Immunol 31:1720; Takeda et al., Int Immunol 12:909). One study (Cui et al., Science 278 (1997), pp. 1623-1626) demonstrated that the antitumor response to melanomas observed in tumor- bearing mice treated with IL-12 is solely due to NKT cells, hi contrast to normal mice with CDld-NKT cells, IL-12 treated tumor-bearing mice deficient in the Jαl5 gene (which are deficient in NKT cells, since most mouse CDld-NKT cells express J l5 positive invariant TCR) could not control B16 melanoma growth and metastases. A number of indirect mechanisms contribute to the protective effect of
CDld-NKT cells. Activation of NKT cells by administration of α-GalCer in vivo results in concomitant activation of NK cells (Eberl and MacDonald, Eur. J. Immunol. 30 (2000), pp. 985-992; and Carnaud et al., J. Immunol. 163 (1999), pp. 4647-4650). In mice deficient in NKT cells, α-GalCer is unable to induce cytotoxic activity by NK cells. NKT cells also enhance the induction of classical MHC class I restricted cytotoxic T cells (Nishimura et al., Int Immunol 2000; 12 :987-94; and Stober et al., J Immunol 2003; 170:2540-8). The participation of NKT cells at the earliest stages of the protective immune response to many pathogens (infections (Kakimi et al, J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp. 921-930; Gonzalez-Aseguinolaza et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
97 (2000), pp. 8461-8466; Kawakami et al., Infect Immun 69 (2001), pp. 213- 220; and Bendelac and Medzhitov, J Exp Med 2002; 195 :F19-23) and tumors (Kobayashi et al., Oncol Res 1995; 7 :529-34; and Smyth et al., Curr Opin Immunol 2002; 14:165-71) is a reflection of their direct cytotoxic activity as well as their important contribution to general mobilization of an aggressive cell-mediated immune response. Extensive evidence suggests, however, that NKT cells also function to suppress autoimmunity (Hong et al., Nature Med 2001; 7 :1052-6; Beaudoin et al., Immunity 2002; 17 :725-36; Wilson et al., Trends Mol Med 2002; 8 :225-31; Shi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2001;
98 :6777-82; Naumov et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2001; 98 :13838-43; Sharif et al., Nature Med 2001; 7 :1057-62; Wang et al., J Exp Med 2001; 194 :313-20; Jahng et al., J Exp Med 2001; 194 :1789-99; Singh et al., J Exp Med 2001; 194:1801-11), maintain immune privilege (Sonoda et al., J Exp Med 1999; 190 :1215-26; Hong and Van Kaer, J Exp Med 1999; 190 :1197-1200), and support engraftment of transplanted tissues (Seino et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2001; 98 :2577-81; Zeng et al, J Exp Med 1999; 189 :1073-81). These include experiments in which administration of α-GalCer has been shown to protect against autoimmune diabetes in non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice (Hong et al., Nature Med 2001; 7 :1052-6; Wilson et al., Trends Mol Med 2002; 8 :225-31; Sharif et al., Nature Med 2001; 7 :1057-62) and against experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE), a murine model of demyelinating disease (Jahng et al., J Exp Med 2001; 194 : 1789-99; and Singh et al., J Exp Med 2001; 194 :1801-11). Conversely, deletion of NKT cells results in exacerbation or potentiation of disease in these models (Shi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2001; 98 :6777-82). Parallel studies ofthe frequency of CDld-NKT cells in human cancer and certain autoimmune diseases have demonstrated that a deficiency in such T cells is associated with progressive disease (Tahir et al. J. Immunol. 167:4046-50,2001; Sharif et al. J. Mol. Med. 80:290-300,2002; Sumidha et al. J.Exp.Med. 182:1163-68,1995; Illes et al. J. Immunol. 164:4375-81,2000; van der Nliet et al. Clin. Immunol. 100:144- 148,2001). In contrast, some autoimmune diseases, including myasthenia gravis (Reinhardt et al. Neurology 52:1485-87,1999), psoriasis (Bonish , J. Immunol. 165:4076-85,2000), ulcerative colitis (Saubermann et al. Gastroenterology 119:119-128, 2000), and primary biliary cirrhosis (Kita et al. Gastroenterology 123:1031-43,2002) may have an etiology that reflects excessive IL-4 and IFN-γ production by CDld-NKT cells. In the case of psoriasis this appears to be related to overexpression of CDld in keratinocytes of chronic, active psoriatic plaques. [0012] The divergent pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory effects of
CDld-NKT cells in different circumstances have been attributed to different functional subsets of CDld-NKT and dendritic cells and to differences in the representation of these subsets in the local tissue environment. An interesting example is a study demonstrating that transfer of myeloid DC derived from pancreatic lymph nodes, but not from inguinal lymph nodes, of mice treated systemically with α-GalCer completely protects NOD female mice from diabetes [30]. As a result of this potential for divergent effects, systemic activation of CDld-NKT, for example by administration of α-GalCer, may have an undesirable outcome in the treatment of specific disease. There is a need, therefore, for a means of targeted activation of CDld-NKT in a specific local environment and/or by targeted interaction with a defined subset of dendritic cells.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0013] The present invention provides compounds useful for modulating, i.e., either inhibiting or stimulating, an immune response. The compounds of the invention comprise one or more CDld complexes linked to an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a cell surface marker. The CDld complexes comprise a CDld molecule or fragment thereof, a β2-microglobulin molecule or fragment thereof, and may further comprise a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobic peptide linked to the CDld molecule. In certain embodiments, the compounds ofthe invention further comprise a costimulatory molecule.
[0014] The CDld complexes may be directly linked or fused to the antibody, either directly or through a linker sequence or molecule. In certain embodiments, the CDld molecules are linked to the antibody or fragment thereof through a multivalent compound.
[0015] In certain embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a tumor cell. In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a target of autoimmunity. In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of infected cells. This marker may be either directly encoded by the pathogen or induced by infection of the host cell as taught by WO 0227027, published 4 Apr 2002, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. In still other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell.
[0016] Also provided are methods of modulating, i.e., either stimulating or inhibiting, an immune response, comprising administering to an animal an effective amount of a compound or composition of the invention. In certain embodiments, an immune response against tumor cells is stimulated by administering a compound of the invention to an animal. In other embodiments, an autoimmune response is inhibited by administering a compound ofthe invention to an animal.
[0017] It is to be understood that both the foregoing summary and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory and are intended to provide further explanation ofthe invention as claimed.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS/FIGURES
[0018] The present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings, wherein like reference numbers indicate identical or functionally similar elements. Also, the leftmost digit(s) of the reference numbers identify the drawings in which the associated elements are first introduced.
[0019] Figure 1: Schematic representation of Antibody-avidin fusion protein/ biotinylated CDld. In three separate embodiments, CDld with bound ligand is biotinylated at the CDld carboxyl terminus and binds to a fusion protein of Fab-avidin, F(ab')2-avidin, or IgG-avidin. All 3 fusion proteins are represented with avidin bound at the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof. As described below, alternatives include avidin fusion to the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin light chain.
[0020] Figure 2: Schematic representation of Antibody-CD Id fusion protein.
In three separate embodiments, CDld with bound ligand is fused directly to Fab, F(ab')2, or full IgG. All 3 fusion proteins are represented with the amino terminus of CDld fused to the carboxyl terminus of the immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof. As described below, alternatives include CDld fusion to the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin light chain or to amino terminus of either the immunoglobulin light chain or immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof.
[0021] Figure 3: Schematic representation of Antibody-B2M fusion protein associated with CDld. In three separate embodiments, β2-microglobulin is fused to the carboxyl terminus of Fab, F(ab')2, or full IgG. All 3 fusion proteins are represented with the amino terminus of β2-microglobulin fused to the carboxyl terminus ofthe immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof. As described below, alternatives include β2-microglobulin fusion to the carboxyl terminus of the immunoglobulin light chain or to amino terminus of either the immunoglobulin light chain or immunoglobulin heavy chain or fragment thereof. In all cases, the heavy chain of CDld associates with the antibody- β2-microglobulin fusion protein and binds ligand. As taught by WO 9964597 published 16 December 1999 and incorporated herein by reference, it is possible to introduce mutations into β2-microglobulin that increase affinity for the class I heavy chain so as to facilitate assembly and increase stability of the CDld complex. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0022] The present invention provides compounds which are useful for modulating, i.e., either inhibiting or stimulating, an immune response. The compounds comprise one or more CDld complexes linked to an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a cell surface marker. The compounds are useful for stimulating desirable immune responses, for example, immune responses against infectious agents or cancer; or for inhibiting undesirable immune responses, such as allergic responses, allo graft rejections, and autoimmune diseases. The present invention targets a CDld molecule to particular cells by linking one or more CDld complexes to an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a surface antigen of the targeted cell type. Depending on the targeted cell type, this will lead to either very efficient stimulation or inhibition of antigen specific T cell activity.
[0023] Previously, antibodies coupled to classical MHC class I molecules have been employed to target these MHC class Lpeptide complexes to tumors for the purpose of activating classical MHC class I restricted cytotoxic T cells. (Robert et al., 2000, Eur. J. Immunol. 30: 3165-3170; Robert et al., 2001, Cancer Immunity, 1:2-15; and Donda et al., 2003, Cancer hiimunity 3:11). A significant limitation of that method is that it does not lead to activation ofthe important class of non-conventional CDld-NKT cells with their unique regulatory functions. In addition, because of the extensive polymorphism of classical MHC class I, such a strategy would require coupling of antibodies to many different MHC molecules in order to be suitable for application to a large and heterogeneous population. In marked contrast, the monomorphic CDld molecule is suitable for activation of a broad spectrum of CDld-NKT in an entire species. Moreover, targeted CDld has application as a diagnostic or therapeutic agent not only for cancer and infectious diseases but also for a large class of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases that result from a failure to down modulate cell-mediated immune responses.
[0024] The present invention provides a means of targeting an activation or inhibitory signal for CDld-NKT to a specific tissue or dendritic cell subset by coupling CDld loaded with α-GalCer or related lipid molecules to an antibody specific for a tissue antigen or for a dendritic cell marker. This strategy allows regulated expression and/or expansion of CDld-NKT at the site of a tumor or of an infection, or in a tissue that is the target of an organ-specific autoimmune response. The combination ofthe powerful regulatory and effector activities of CDld-NKT together with tissue or tumor targeting properties of specific monoclonal antibodies affords a unique means of inducing a response appropriate to a specific tissue and disease.
[0025] The CDld complexes (both the CDld and β2-micro globulin portions) useful in the present invention may be autologous to any mammalian or avian species, for example, primates (esp. humans), rodents, rabbits, equines, bovines, canines, felines, etc. β2-microglobulin is typically not inflammatory in vivo. However, it is preferable to employ β2-micro globulin derived from the same species as is to be vaccinated so as to reduce the risk of a xenogeneic immune response.
[0026] In one embodiment, the CDld complexes comprise a CDld molecule or fragment thereof, a β2-microglobulin molecule or fragment thereof, and an antigen. The antigen is a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobic peptide bound in the antigen binding groove ofthe CDld molecule.
[0027] In certain embodiments, the "compound further comprises another protein with immunological activity. Preferably, the protein with immunological activity is a costimulatory molecule, such as B7.1 or B7.2. "B7" is used herein to generically refer to either B7.1 or B7.2. Particularly preferred is the extracellular domain of B7-1 (CD80) or B7-2 (CD86) that interacts with CD28 on T- and NK-cells, for example, as an amino terminal fusion to β2-microglobulin incorporated into the structure of the assembled CDld molecule (WO 9964597, published 16 Dec 1999) or, alternatively, as an amino-terminal fusion to the CDld heavy chain. CD28 acts as a costimulatory molecule on T lymphocytes, which is absolutely required in order to mediate the so-called second signal during primary T cell activation through antigen specific TCR- engagement (the complementary so-called first signal). On NK cells CD28 contributes to the induction of cytotoxicity against target cells expressing CD28 ligands (Chambers (1996) Immunity 5: 311). Like NK cells, CDld-NKT are subject to inhibitory signals delivered by classical MHC class I molecules on the surface of interacting cells. Dcarashi et al. (J.Exp.Med. 194:1179-86,2001) have reported that in the interaction of CD28 positive NKT cells with B7 positive DC, the B7/CD28 interaction plays a critical role in overcoming the inhibitory signal otherwise delivered to NKT cells by classical MHC class I molecule expressed on the target cell surface. In this embodiment of the invention, incorporation of a B7 signaling molecule in the conjugate of the invention allows more effective and prolonged activation of CDld-NKT cells. Additionally, the protein with immunological activity may be a lymphokine or cytokine that modulates immune cell activation such as interleukins IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18; granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF); transforming growth factor (TGF, e.g., TGFα and TGFβ); α interferons (e.g. IFNα); β interferons (e.g. IFNβ); γ interferons (e.g. IFNγ) or lymphocyte function- associated protein, such as LFA-1 or LFA-3; or an intercellular adhesion molecule, such as ICAM-1 or ICAM-2.
The CDld complexes are linked to the antibody through either the CDld molecule or fragment thereof or the β2 microglobulin molecule or fragment thereof. The CDld complexes may be linked to either the light chain or the heavy chain of the antibody. As taught by WO 9964597, published 16 December 1999 and incorporated herein by reference, it is possible to introduce mutations into β2-microglobulin that increase affinity for the class I heavy chain so as to facilitate assembly and increase stability of the CDld complex in the fusion protein. [0029]
[0030] The CDld complexes may be linked to either the carboxyl or amino terminus of the antibody, or they may be linked to the antibody at a site other than the carboxyl or amino termini. Preferably, the CDld complexes are linked to the carboxyl terminus ofthe antibody.
[0031] The attachment of the CDld complexes to the antibody chains may be direct, i.e., without any intermediate sequence, or through a linker amino acid sequence, a linker molecule, or a chemical bond. For example, the coupling may be of a physical and/or chemical type. The antibody and CDld complex may be coupled physically utilizing a carrier for example a Sepharose carrier (available from Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) or recently developed microsphere technology. (Southern Research Institute).
[0032] Alternatively, the CDld complexes domain and the antibodies may be linked together directly. A number of reagents capable of cross-linking proteins are known in the art, illustrative entities include: azidobenzoyl hydrazide, N-[4-(p- azidosalicylamino)butyl]-3'-[2'-pyridyldithio] propionamide), bis-sulfosuccinimidyl suberate, dimethyladipimidate, disuccinimidyltartrate, N-γ-maleimidobutyryloxysuccinimide ester, N- hydroxy sulfosuccinimidyl-4-azidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl [4-azidophenyl]- l,3'-dithiopropionate, N-succinimidyl [4-iodoacetyl]aminobenzoate, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde and succinimidyl 4-[N-maleimidomethyl] cyclohexane- 1 -carboxylate.
[0033] In certain embodiments, the CDld complexes domain may be linked in a fusion protein with the antibody. Fusion antibodies can be made using conventional recombinant nucleic acid techniques. The fusion may be direct or may contain spacers. A short linker amino acid sequence may be inserted between the CDld complex and the antibody. The length of the linker sequence will vary depending upon the desired flexibility to regulate the degree of antigen binding and cross-linking. If a linker sequence is included, this sequence will preferably contain at least 3 and not more than 30 amino acids. More preferably, the linker is about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, or 25 amino acids long. Generally, the linker consists of short glycine/serine spacers, but any known amino acid may be used. Examples of linkers known to those skilled in the art include (Gly4Ser)3 (SEQ ID NO:l) and (Gly4Ser)2Gly3 AlaSer (SEQ ID NO:2).
[0034] CDld complexes fused to the carboxyl terminus of the exceptionally long IgG3 hinge region or to the CH3 domain, are especially far removed from possible interference with the antigen binding site or its ligand. Fc binding function is preserved in the compounds of this invention that are based on CH3 fusions. It is possible that this would extend the half-life of these compounds in vivo.
[0035] In certain embodiments, the CDld complexes are linked to the antibody through a multivalent compound. The CDld complexes may be linked to the multivalent compound through any site. In a preferred embodiment CDld molecules are linked to the multivalent compound through the CDld carboxyl terminus.] These compounds comprise 2 or more CDld complexes. The compounds may comprise 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 CDld complexes.
[0036] Likewise, the antibody may be linked to the multivalent compound through any site. The antibody may be linked to the multivalent compound through the light chain, the heavy chain, both light chains, both heavy chains, one light chain and one heavy chain, or both light and both heavy chains and at either the amino or the carboxyl terminus. Preferably, the antibody is linked to the multivalent compound at the carboxyl terminus ofthe heavy chain.
[0037] Examples of multivalent compounds are chicken avidin or streptavidin
(Shin, S.U. et al, J. Immunology 158: 4797-4804 (1997)) to which biotinylated CDld complexes are bound (Airman, J. et al, Science 274:94-96 (1996); Boniface, J.J. et al, Immunity 9:459-66 (1998)); or a leucine zipper system.
[0038] Alternatively, the Cdld complex can be genetically modified by including sequences encoding amino acid residues with chemically reactive side chains such as Cys or His. Such amino acids with chemically reactive side chains may be positioned in a variety of positions on the CDld complex, preferably distal to the site where β2-micro globulin and CDld interact. Suitable side chains can be used to chemically link two or more CDld complexes to a suitable dendrimer particle. Dendrimers are synthetic chemical polymers that can have any one of a number of different functional groups on their surface (D. Tomalia, Aldrichimica Acta 26:91:101 (1993)). Exemplary dendrimers for use in accordance with the present invention include e.g. E9 starburst polyamine dendrimer and E9 combburst polyamine dendrimer, which can link cysteine residues. The CDld molecule is modified to introduce a cysteine residue at the carboxyl terminus. Following synthesis in eukaryotic cells, a complete cysteine modified CDld complex is assembled in vitro in the presence of β2-micro globulin. Cysteine modified CDld will react with the maleimide groups on the various peptide backbones with either two, three, or four modified lysine residues for formation of CDld dimers, trimers, and tetramers. In a prefened embodiment, a carboxyl terminal cysteine modified immunoglobulin chain or fragment thereof could also be synthesized for reaction with a maleimide-modified lysine residue on the same backbone peptide and at the same time as the cysteine modified CDld.
[0039] Cochran, J.R. et al, Immunity 12:241-50 (2000) describe the use of chemically synthesized peptide-based cross-linking reagents in which two or more thiol-reactive maleimide groups are linked to lysine side chains in a flexible peptide of 8 to 19 residues containing glycine, serine, and glutamic acid in addition to the modified lysine residues. An isolated CDld molecule is modified to introduce a cysteine residue at the carboxyl terminus. Cysteine modified CDld molecules react with the maleimide groups on the various peptide backbones with either two, three, or four modified lysine residues for formation of dimers, trimers, and tetramers.
[0040] Another means of assembling polymeric complexes on specific antibody is to exploit the observation that defined amino acid substitutions in the GCN4 leucine zipper dimerization domain results in formation of highly stable trimeric and tetrameric structures of the synthetic peptide (Harbury, P.B. et al, Science 262:1401-1 (1993)). Pack, P. et al. J. Mol. Biol. 246:28-34 (1995) constructed tetravalent miniantibodies by fusing the modified GCN4- zipper to the carboxyl terminus of a single-chain Fv fragment via a flexible hinge region. Several additional modifications of the fusion protein improved yield from bacterial synthesis. Addition of a carboxyl terminal tag would facilitate purification. Targeted tetravalent CDld could be assembled from a mixture of single chain antibody and CDld complexes each separately fused through a hinge region to the modified GCN4-zipper motif.
[0041] The alternative embodiments of this invention, direct fusion of antibody and CDld complexes or indirect association of antibody and CDld complexes through a multivalent entity, are respectively advantageous in different situations. The direct fusion simplifies production of the compound while the multivalent entity, as indicated above, can present a larger number of more diverse ligands. In both cases it is desirable to design products that induce minimal immune reactivity. In the case of direct immunoglobulin- CDld fusion proteins, this is accomplished by employing species compatible antibodies and CDld complexes joined by simple linkers with a relatively non-immunogenic composition. Multivalent entities may be similarly selected to minimize immunogenicity. Chicken avidin is thought to be relatively nonimmunogenic because of its high concentration in egg products and the well-known propensity of oral infusion to induce immune tolerance (Shin, S.U. et al., J. Immunology 158: 4797-4804 (1997)). It may, in addition, be possible to develop protocols, including some that employ compounds of this invention, that induce specific tolerance to the multivalent entity.
[0042] The attachment site on the CDld complex or antibody for binding to a multivalent compound may be naturally occurring, or may be introduced through genetic engineering. The site will be a specific binding pair member or one that is modified to provide a specific binding pair member, where the complementary pair has a multiplicity of specific binding sites. Binding to the complementary binding member can be a chemical reaction, epitope-receptor binding or hapten-receptor binding where a hapten is linked to the subunit chain.
[0043] In a prefened embodiment, the CDld, β2 microglobulin, or antibody, contain an amino acid sequence which is a recognition site for a modifying enzyme. Modifying enzymes include BirA, various glycosylases, farnesyl protein transferase, and protein kinases. The group introduced by the modifying enzyme, e.g. biotin, sugar, phosphate, farnesyl, etc. provides a complementary binding pair member, or a unique site for further modification, such as chemical cross-linking, biotinylation, etc. that will provide a complementary binding pair member.
[0044] For example, the CDld molecule may be engineered to contain a site for biotinylation, for example a BirA-dependent site. The antibody or fragment thereof can be linked to avidin either directly or indirectly. Direct linkage is accomplished by making an antibody-avidin fusion protein through genetic engineering as described in, for example, Shin et al., Shin, S.-U. et al., J. Immunol. 158:4797-4804 (1997); and Penichet et al., J. Immunol. 163:4421-4426.
[0045] The CDld molecule may contain some or all of the amino acids from the transmembrane domain. Preferably, not more than about 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1, and preferably none ofthe amino acids ofthe transmembrane domain will be included.
[0046] Additionally, fragments of β2-microglobulin are useful in the present invention. To be useful in the present invention, the fragment of β2- microglobulin would have to retain the ability to associate with the CDld molecule. Preferably, not more than about 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1, and preferably none ofthe amino acids of β2- microglobulin will be deleted.
[0047] One may wish to introduce a small number of amino acids at the polypeptide termini of either the CDld molecule or the β -microglobulin, usually not more than 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1. The deletion or insertion of amino acids will usually be as a result of the needs of the construction, providing for convenient restriction sites, addition of processing signals, ease of manipulation, improvement in levels of expression, or the like. In addition, one may wish to substitute one or more amino acids with a different amino acid for similar reasons, usually not substituting more than about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acids in any one domain.
[0048] The CDld molecule and β2-microglobulin may be separately produced and allowed to associate to form a stable heteroduplex complex, or both ofthe subunits may be expressed in a single cell.
[0049] CDld and β2-micro globulin molecules useful in the compounds ofthe present invention may be isolated from a multiplicity of cells, e.g., transformed cell lines JY, BM92, WIN, MOC, and MG, and CHO using a variety of techniques known to those skilled in the art.
[0050] Additionally, the amino acid sequences of CDld and β2-microglobulin are known, and the genes have been cloned, therefore, the proteins can be made using recombinant methods. For example, CDld molecule is synthesized and the amino termini coding sequence can be arbitrarily chosen to facilitate the ligation ofthe coding region for an antibody chain or fragment or a binding intermediate. The coding sequence for the CDld and β2 microglobulin chains or their fusion products are then inserted into expression vectors, expressed separately in an appropriate host, such as E. coli, yeast, insect cells, mammalian cells or other suitable cells, and the recombinant proteins obtained are recombined in the presence ofthe CDld lipid, glycolipid (e.g. α-GalCer) or hydrophobic peptide ligand.
[0051] Antigens useful within the present invention include any lipid, glycopeptide or peptide which is capable of modulating an immune response in an animal when presented in conjunction with a CDld molecule. The antigens may be derived from foreign antigens or from autoantigens. Further, the antigens may be synthetic. Particularly prefened as an antigen is αGalCer.
[0052] The compounds of the invention may contain a homogenous or heterogeneous population of antigens and/or costimulatory molecules. That is, each CDld molecule in the compound may be linked to the same antigen or each CDld molecule may be linked to different antigen. Likewise, the CDld complex may be linked to the same costimulatory molecule or different CDld complex β2-microglobulin molecules may be linked to different costimulatory molecules. Alternatively, some of the CDld molecules may be linked to an antigen, while some of the CDld molecules may be linked to a costimulatory molecule.
[0053] Antibodies are constructed of one, or several, units, each of which consists of two heavy (H) polypeptide chains and two light (L) polypeptide chains. The H and L chains are made up of a series of domains. The L chains, of which there are two major types (K and λ), consists of two domains. The H chains are of several types, including μ, δ, and γ (of which there are several subclasses), α and ε. In humans, there are eight genetically and structurally identified antibody classes and subclasses as defined by heavy chain isotypes: IgM, IgD, IgG3, IgGl, IgG2, IgG4, IgE, and IgA. Further, for example, "IgG" means an antibody of the G class, and that, "IgGl" refers to an IgG molecules of subclass 1 of the G class. IgGl antibodies, like all antibodies of the IgG class, are comprised of 4 domains, one of which is variable and the other 3 are constant. An Fab antibody fragment is comprised of an intact light chain and a truncated heavy chain that each comprise two domains, one variable and one constant.
[0054] As used herein, the term "antibody" (Ab) or "monoclonal antibody"
(MAb) is meant to include intact molecules as well as antibody portions (such as, for example, Fab and F(ab')2 portions and Fv fragments) which are capable of specifically binding to a cell surface marker. Such portions are typically produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab portions) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 portions). Especially preferred in the compounds of the invention are Fab portions. Alternatively, antigen- binding portions can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA technology. [0055] The immunoglobulin may be a "bifunctional" or "hybrid" antibody, that is, an antibody which may have one arm having a specificity for one antigenic site, such as a tumor associated antigen while the other arm recognizes a different target, for example, an immunologically active cytokine or lymphokine, or CDld. In any case, the hybrid antibodies have a dual specificity, preferably with one or more binding sites specific for an antigen expressed on the surface of a target cell, for example, an antigen associated with a tumor, an infectious organism, or antigenic marker of another disease state.
[0056] In addition, the immunoglobin may be a single chain antibody
("SCA"). These may consist of single chain Fv fragments ("scFv") in which the variable light ("V[L]") and variable heavy ("V[H]") domains are linked by a peptide bridge or by disulfide bonds. Also, the immunoglobulin may consist of single V[H]domains (dAbs) which possess antigen-binding activity. See, e.g., G. Winter and C. Milstein, Nature 349:295 (1991); R. Glockshuber et al., Biochemistry 29:1362 (1990); and, E. S. Ward et al., Nature 341:544 (1989).
[0057] Also prefened for use in the present invention are chimeric monoclonal antibodies, preferably those chimeric antibodies having specificity toward a tumor associated surface membrane antigen, a surface membrane antigen of a tissue or organ affected by autoimmune disease, or an antigen of a pathogen infected cell. As used in this example, the term "chimeric antibody" refers to a monoclonal antibody comprising a variable region, i.e. binding region, from one source or species and at least a portion of a constant region derived from a different source or species, usually prepared by recombinant DNA techniques. Chimeric antibodies comprising a murine variable region and a human constant region are prefened in certain applications of the invention, particularly human therapy, because such antibodies are readily prepared and may be less immunogenic than purely murine monoclonal antibodies. Such murine/human chimeric antibodies are the product of expressed immunoglobulin genes comprising DNA segments encoding murine immunoglobulin variable regions and DNA segments encoding human immunoglobulin constant regions. Other forms of chimeric antibodies encompassed by the invention are those in which the class or subclass has been modified or changed from that ofthe original antibody. Such "chimeric" antibodies are also refereed to as "class-switched antibodies". Methods for producing chimeric antibodies involve conventional recombinant DNA and gene transfection techniques now well known in the art. See, e.g., Morrison, S. L. et al., Proc. Nat Acad. Sci. 81:6851 (1984).
[0058] Encompassed by the term "chimeric antibody" is the concept of
"humanized antibody", that is those antibodies in which the framework or "complementarity" determining regions ("CDR") have been modified to comprise the CDR of an immunoglobulin of different specificity as compared to that of the parent immunoglobulin. In a prefened embodiment, a murine CDR is grafted into the framework region of a human antibody to prepare the "humanized antibody". See, e.g., L. Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323 (1988); M. S. Neuberger et al., Nature 314:268 (1985). Particularly prefened CDR'S conespond to those representing sequences recognizing the antigens noted above for the chimeric and bifunctional antibodies. The reader is refened to the teaching of EPA 0 239 400 (published Sep. 30, 1987), for its teaching of CDR modified antibodies. See, for review, Morrison, Science 229:1202 (1985); Oi et al, BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Cabilly et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Taniguchi et al, EP 171496; Morrison et al, EP 173494; Neuberger et al., WO 8601533; Robinson et al., WO 8702671; Boulianne et al, Nature 312:643 (1984); Neuberger et al., Nature 314:268 (1985).
[0059] Most preferably, fully human antibodies or fragments thereof are used in the compounds of the invention, preferably those fully human antibodies having specificity toward a tumor associated surface membrane antigen , a surface membrane antigen of a tissue or organ affected by autoimmune disease, or an antigen of a pathogen infected cell. Methods have been described for selection of fully human antibodies in human immunoglobulin transgenic mice, from libraries of human immunoglobulin genes constructed in phage and expressed in bacteria or constructed in a mammalian viral expression vector for expression in mammalian cells, and from human hybridoma cells. A method for selection of fully human antibodies from libraries of human immunoglobulin genes constructed in vaccinia virus is described in Zauderer, M. et al. WO 01/72995, published 4 October 2001, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
[0060] One skilled in the art will recognize that a bifunctional-chimeric antibody can be prepared which would have the benefits of lower immunogenicity of the chimeric, humanized or fully human antibody, as well as the flexibility, especially for therapeutic treatment, of the bifunctional antibodies described above. Such bifunctional-chimeric antibodies can be synthesized, for instance, by chemical synthesis using cross-linking agents and/or recombinant methods of the type described above. In any event, the present invention should not be construed as limited in scope by any particular method of production of an antibody whether bifunctional, chimeric, bifunctional-chimeric, humanized, fully human or an antigen-recognizing fragment or derivative thereof.
[0061] In addition, the invention encompasses within its scope immunoglobulins (as defined above) or immunoglobulin fragments to which are fused active proteins, for example, an enzyme of the type disclosed in Neuberger et al., PCT application, WO86/01533, published Mar. 13, 1986. The disclosure of such products is incorporated herein by reference.
[0062] As noted, "bifunctional", "fused", "chimeric" (including humanized),
"fully human", and "bifunctional-chimeric" (including humanized) or "bifunctional-fully human" antibody constructions also include, within their individual contexts constructions comprising antigen recognizing fragments. As one skilled in the art will recognize, such fragments could be prepared by traditional enzymatic cleavage of intact bifunctional, chimeric, humanized, fully human or chimeric-bifunctional or fully human-bifunctional antibodies. If, however, intact antibodies are not susceptible to such cleavage, because of the nature of the construction involved, the noted constructions can be prepared with immunoglobulin fragments used as the starting materials; or, if recombinant techniques are used, the DNA sequences, themselves, can be tailored to encode the desired "fragment" which, when expressed, can be combined in vivo or in vitro, by chemical or biological means, to prepare the final desired intact immunoglobulin "fragment". It is in this context, therefore, that the term "fragment" is used. Furthermore, as noted above, the immunoglobulin (antibody), or fragment thereof, used in the present invention may be polyclonal or monoclonal in nature. Monoclonal antibodies are the prefened immunoglobulins, however. The preparation of such polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies now is well known to those skilled in the art who, of course, are fully capable of producing useful immunoglobulins which can be used in the invention. See, e.g., G. Kohler and C. Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975). Kohler et al., Nature 256:495 (1975); Kohler et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 6:511 (1976); Kohler et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 6:292 (1976); Hammerling et al., In: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas, Elsevier, N.Y., pp. 563-681 (1981)). In general, such procedures involve immunizing an animal (preferably a mouse) with a protein antigen or, more preferably, with a protein-expressing cell. Suitable cells can be recognized by their capacity to bind antibody. Such cells may be cultured in any suitable tissue culture medium; however, it is preferable to culture cells in Excell hybridoma medium (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) with 5% fetal bovine serum. The splenocytes of such immunized mice are extracted and fused with a suitable myeloma cell line. Any suitable myeloma cell line may be employed in accordance with the present invention; however, it is preferable to employ the parent myeloma cell line (SP2O), available from the American Type Culture Collection, 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Virginia 20110-2209. After fusion, the resulting hybridoma cells are selectively maintained in HAT medium, and then cloned by limiting dilution as described by Wands et al., Gastroenterology 80:225-232 (1981). The hybridoma cells obtained through such a selection are then assayed to identify clones which secrete antibodies capable of binding the antigen. [0064] In addition, hybridomas and/or monoclonal antibodies which are produced by such hybridomas and which are useful in the practice of the present invention are publicly available from sources such as the American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC") 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Virginia 20110-2209 or, commercially, for example, from Boehringer- Mannheim Biochemicals, P.O. Box 50816, Indianapolis, Ind. 46250.
[0065] The antibodies of the present invention may be prepared by any of a variety of methods. For example, cells expressing the cell surface marker or an antigenic portion thereof can be administered to an animal in order to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies. In a prefened method, a preparation of protein is prepared and purified as to render it substantially free of natural contaminants. Such a preparation is then introduced into an animal in order to produce polyclonal antisera of greater specific activity.
[0066] In certain embodiments, the compounds of the present invention comprise, instead of, or in addition to an antibody, a receptor or ligand that has a matching or counterpart ligand or receptor expressed on a cell surface of a target cell. In these embodiments, the compound comprises one or more CDld complexes and a ligand or receptor specific for a cell surface marker. Examples include: CD4 coupled to CDld for interaction with HIV infected cells; chemokine or chemokine receptor coupled to CDld for interaction with DC subset; or heregulins coupled to CDld for interaction with ErbB2 positive tumor cells.
[0067] In one embodiment, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a tumor cell. CDld-NKT can be directly cytolytic to tumor cells and can also recruit either directly or through activation of DC both NK cells and cytolytic T cells. The present invention allows CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as α-GalCer to be targeted to tumors by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a tumor cell surface antigen. The CDld complex concentrated on tumor cells will then recruit and activate CDld-NKT cells and trigger a cascade of events that promote tumor cell-killing and growth inhibition.
[0068] In a prefened embodiment of the use of the present invention said cancer is a head and neck cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, colorectal cancer, coloncarcinoma, cancer of liver and intrahepatic bile ducts, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, cancer of the larynx, breast cancer, malignant melanoma, multiple myeloma, sarcomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, lymphomas, folicular non-Hodgkin-lymphoma, leukemias, T- and B-cell-leukemias, Hodgkin-lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, ovarian cancer, cancer of the uterus, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, genital cancer, renal cancer, cancer of the testis, thyroid cancer, bladder cancer, plasmacytoma or brain cancer.
[0069] Tumor associated antigens comprise pan-carcinoma antigens like CEA
(Sundblad Hum. Pathol. 27, (1996) 297-301, llantzis Lab. Invest. 76(1997), 703-16), EGFR type I (Nouri, Int. J. Mol. Med. 6 (2000), 495-500) and EpCAM (17-1A/KSA/GA733-2, Balzar J. Mol. Med. 77 (1999), 699-712). EGFR type I is especially overexpressed in glioma and EpCAM in colon carcinoma. EGFR type II (Her-2/neu, ERBB2 Sugano hit. J. Cancer 89 (2000), 329-36) and TAG-72 glycoprotein (sTN antigen, Kathan Arch. Pathol. Lab. Med. 124 (2000), 234-9) are upregulated in breast cancer. EGFR deletion neoepitope might also play a role as tumor associated antigen (Sampson Proc. Nati. Acad. Sci. U S A 97 (2000), 7503-8). The antigens A33 (Ritter Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 236 (1997), 682-6), Lewis-Y (DiCarlo Oncol. Rep. 8 (2001), 387-92), Cora Antigen (CEA-related Cell Adhesion Molecule CEACAM 6, CD66c, NCA-90, Kinugasa Int. J. Cancer 76 (1998), 148-53) and MUC-1 (Mucin) are associated with colon carcinoma (lida Oncol. Res. 10 (1998), 407-14). Thomsen-Friedenreich-antigen (TF, GallB-3GaINAcal-0- Thr/Ser) is not only found in colon carcinoma (Baldus Cancer 82 (1998), 1019-27) but also in breast cancer (Glinsky Cancer. Res. 60 (2000), 2584-8). Overexpression of Ly-6 (Eshel J. Biol. Chem. 275 (2000), 12833-40) and desmoglein 4 in head and neck cancer and of E-cadherin neoepitope in gastric carcinoma has been described (Fukudome Int. J. Cancer 88 (2000), 579-83). Prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA, Lapidus Prostate 45 (2000), 350- 4), prostate stem cell antigen (PSCA, Gu Oncogene 191 (2000) 288-96) and STEAP (Hubert, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 96 (1999), 14523-8) are associated with prostate cancer. The alpha and gamma subunit of the fetal type acetylcholine receptor (AChR) are specific immunohistochemical markers for rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS, Gattenlohner Diagn. Mol. Pathol. 3 (1998), 129- 34).
[0070] Association of CD20 with follicular non-Hodgkin lymphoma (Yatabe
Blood 95 (2000), 2253-61, Vose Oncology (Huntingt) 2 (2001) 141-7), of CD19 with B-cell lymphoma (Kroft Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 115 (2001), 385-95), of Wue-1 plasma cell antigen with multiple myeloma (Greiner Virchows Arch 437 (2000), 372-9), of CD22 with B cell leukemia (dArena Am. J. Hematol. 64 (2000), 275-81), of CD7 with T-cell leukemia (Porwit-MacDonald Leukemia 14 (2000), 816-25) and CD25 with certain T and B cell leukemias has been described (Wu Arch. Pathol. Lab. Med. 124 (2000), 1710-3). CD30 is associated with Hodgkin-lymphoma (Mir Blood 96 (2000), 4307-12). Expression of melanoma chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan (MCSP, Eisenmann Nat. Cell. Biol. 8 (1999), 507-13) and gangiloside GD3 is observed in melanoma (Welte Exp Dermatol 2 (1997), 64-9), while GD3 is also found in small cell lung cancer (SCLC, Brezicka Lung Cancer 1 (2000), 29-36). Expression of gangiloside GD2 is, also upregulated in SCLC and in neuroblastoma (Cheresh et al. Cancer Res. 10 (1986), 5112-8). Ovarian carcinoma is associated with Muellerian Inhibitory Substance (MIS) receptor type II (Masiakos Clin. Cancer Res. 11 (1999), 3488-99) and renal as well as cervical carcinoma with expression of carboanhydrase 9 (MN/CAIX, Grabmaier Int. J. Cancer 85 (2000) 865-70). Elevated expression levels of CA 19-9 were found in pancreatic cancer (Nazli Hepatogastroenterology 47 (2000), 1750-2).
[0071] Other examples of tumor cell surface antigens are Her2/neu, expressed in breast and ovarian carcinomas (Zhang, H. et al, Experimental & Molecular Pathology 67:15-25 (1999)); CM-1, expressed in breast cancer (Chen, L. et al, Acta Academiae Medicinae Sinicae 19(2):150-3); 28K2, expressed in Lung adenocarcinoma and large cell carcinoma (Yoshinari, K. et al, Lung Cancer 25:95-103 (1999)); E48 and U 36 expressed in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (Van Dongen, G.A.M.S. et al, Anticancer Res. 16:2409-14 (1996)); NY-ESO-1, expressed in esophageal carcinoma, and melanoma Jager, E. et al, J. Exp. Med. 187:265-10 (1998); Jager, E. et al, International J. Cancer 5^:506-10 (1999)); KU-BL 1-5, expressed in bladder carcinoma (Ito, K. et al, AUA 2000 Annual Meeting, Abstract 3291 (2000)); NY CO 1-48, expressed in colon carcinoma (Scanlan, M.J. et al, International J. Cancer 76:652-% (1998)); HOM MEL 40, expressed in melanoma (Tureci, O. et al, Cancer Res. 56:4166-12 (1996)); OV569, expressed in ovarian carcinoma (Scholler, N. et al, Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci. USA 96:11531-6 (1999)); ChCE7, expressed in neuroblastoma and renal cell carcinoma (Meli, MX. et al, International J. Cancer S3:401-8 (1999)); CA19-9, expressed in colon carcinoma (Han, J.S. et al, Cancer 76:195-200 (1995)); CA125, expressed in ovarian carcinoma (O'Brien, TJ. et al, International J. Biological Markers 73:188-95 (1998)); and Gangliosides (GM2, GD2, 9-o-aceιyl-GD3, GD3), expressed in melanoma and neuroblastoma (Zhang, S. et al, Cancer Immunol. Immunotherapy 40:88-94 (1995)). In a most prefened embodiment ofthe method ofthe present invention said tumor-associated antigen is selected from the group consisting of Lewis Y, CEA, Muc-1, erbB-2, -3 and -4, Ep-CAM, E-cadherin neoepitope, EGF- raceptor (e.g. EGFR type I or EGFR type II), EGFR deletion neoepitope, CA19-9, Muc-1, LeY, TF-, Tn- and sTn-antigen, TAG-72, PSMA, STEAP, Cora antigen, CD7, CD19 and CD20, CD22, CD25, Ig-a and Ig-B, A33 and G250, CD30, MCSP and gplOO, CD44-v6, MT-MMPS, (MIS) receptor type II, carboanhydrase 9, F19-antigen, Ly6, desmoglein 4, PSCA, Wue-1, GD2 and GD3 as well as TM4SF-antigens (CD63, L6, CO-29, SAS), the alpha and gamma subunit of the fetal type acetylcholinreceptor (AChR), CM-1, 28K2, E48, U36, NY-ESO-1, KU-BL 1-5, NY CO 1-48, HOM MEL 40, OV569, ChCE7, CA19-9, CA125, GM2, GD2, 9-o-acetyl-GD3, or GD3.
[0073]
[0074] In another embodiment, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a CD Id-restricted NKT cells. In this embodiment, an inhibitory signal can be delivered to the NKT cells through their CD Id-restricted TCR , which can result in systemic downregulation of CDld-NKT cell activity. Even in the absence of a linked inhibitory signal, just direct binding of CDld:α-GalCer complexes to NKT cells has been reported to induce apoptosis of the NKT (Matsuda, J.L. et al. J. Exp. Med. 192:741-754,2000). Suitable NKT cell markers to which to target specific antibodies are CD 161, CD56, or (for NKT subsets) CCR4 on CD4+ CDld-NKT or CCR1 or CCR6 on double negative CDld-NKT. This is particularly useful in treating diseases or symptoms which are the result of high NKT activity. These include myasthenia gravis (Reinhardt et al. Neurology 52:1485-87,1999), psoriasis (Bonish , J. Immunol. 165:4076-85,2000), ulcerative colitis (Saubermann et al. Gastroenterology 119:119-128, 2000), and primary biliary cinhosis (Kita et al. Gastroenterology 123:1031-43,2002). In these embodiments, localized downregulation of CDld-NKT may ameliorate disease.
[0075] In another embodiment, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a target tissue of autoimmune disease or inflammatory response. CDld-NKT stimulated to seprete IL-4 by normal antigen presenting cells and DC at the site of an autoimmune lesion or inflammatory site can regulate the development and expression of aggressive cell-mediated immune responses. For those autoimmune or inflammatory diseases whose etiology is related to a paucity of CDld-NKT in a specific tissue, this defect can be ameliorated by allowing CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as α-GalCer to be targeted to that tissue. In a prefened embodiment, CDld:α-GalCer is targeted to such sites by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a local tissue antigen. The CDld complex concentrated on local tissue cells will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells and trigger a cascade of events that regulate the autoimmune or inflammatory response. The relevant specific tissue antigens may be different for different autoimmune and inflammatory diseases.
[0076] Alternatively, in this embodiment, the CDld complexes comprise an antigen (for example, a lipid, glycolipid, or hydrophobin peptide) with antagonist properties (Miyamoto Nature 413:531-534, 2001). This embodiment of the invention is of particular relevance to those autoimmune diseases that appear to result from excessive CDld-NKT activity. These include myasthenia gravis (Reinhardt et al. Neurology 52:1485-87,1999), psoriasis (Bonish , J. Immunol. 165:4076-85,2000), ulcerative colitis (Saubermann et al. Gastroenterology 119:119-128, 2000), and primary biliary cinhosis (Kita et al. Gastroenterology 123:1031-43,2002). In these embodiments, localized downregulation of CDld-NKT may ameliorate disease.
[0077] In the case of demyelinating diseases including, most especially, multiple sclerosis, the antibody is specific for MBP (myelin basic protein), PLP (myelin proteolipid protein), or MOG (myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein). In a most prefened embodiment, the antibody is specific for MOG.
[0078] In the case of juvenile onset type I diabetes which follows from destruction of insulin producing pancreatic islet beta cells, the antibody is specific for target antigens of the islet beta cells such as GT3 ganglioside, IGRP (islet-specific glucose-6-phosphatase), or SURl (Proks P et al., Diabetes:51 Suppl 3:S368-76, 2002). Recently, peri-islet Schwann cells have been described as an early target of autoimmune destruction in this disease (Winer S et al: Nature Medicine 9:198-205, 2003). In another prefened embodiment ofthe invention, therefore, the antibody is specific for Schwann cell specific antigens glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), and SlOObeta for treatment or diagnosis of juvenile onset type I diabetes.
[0079] In other prefened embodiments of the invention for treatment of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, conjugates comprising CDld complexes and antibodies specific for type II collagen are injected into affected joints for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis; antibodies specific for thyroglobulin or TSH receptor are targeted to the thyroid for treatment of Hashimoto's thyroiditis and Graves' disease; and antibodies specific for the K+/H+ ATPase are employed for treatment of pernicious anemia or atrophic gastritis (targeting the gastric parietal cells).
[0080] hi other prefened embodiments, the invention is employed to treat other autoimmune conditions: ankylosing spondylitis, acute anterior uveitis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Myasthenia gravis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, Pemphigus vulgaris, or autoimmune Hepatitis. As discussed below, in some manifestations of autoimmune or inflammatory disease there is a surfeit rather than a paucity of CDld-NKT cells or an excess of one subset of CDld-NKT relative to another e.g. CD4+ CDld-NKT relative to double negative (CD4-/CD8-) CDld-NKT. Conjugates of the invention described here that can result in inhibition rather than activation of CDld- NKT or that, by targeting different DC subsets, can activate one CDld-NKT cell subset in preference to another.
[0081] In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of an infected cell or tissue. CDld-NKT have been shown to have an important role in resistance to malaria, fungal and hepatitis B virus infections [12-14]. In a prefened embodiment, CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as α-GalCer is targeted to the site of infection by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for an antigen encoded by the infectious agent. The CDld complex concentrated on infected cells will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells and trigger a cascade of events that lead to elimination or inhibition of growth of the infectious agent. The relevant antigens are different in the case of different infectious agents. In a prefened embodiment ofthe method ofthe present invention said surface marker for an infected cell is selected from the group consisting of viral envelope antigens, e.g. of human retroviruses (HTLV I and II, HIV1 and 2) or human herpes viruses (HSV1 and 2, CMV, EBV), haemagglutinin e.g. of influenza virus (influenza A, B or C), glycoproteins El and E2 from rubella virus or RGP of rabies virus.
[0082] In other prefened embodiments, the antibody is targeted to antigens encoded by other infectious viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa or helminthes.
[0083] In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a target of allogenicity. CDld-NKT have been reported to play a major role in blocking graft vs. host disease following allogeneic bone marrow transplantation (Zeng D. et al. J. Exp. Med. 189:1073-81,1999) and in maintenance of tolerance to allograft transplants (Seino KI et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98:2577-81,2001). An interesting feature of CDld-NKT mediated allograft tolerance is that it is reported to depend on production of IFN-γ but not IL-4 by CDld-NKT.
[0084] In a prefened embodiment of the invention, CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as α-GalCer is targeted to an allograft by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a major or minor histocompatibility antigen of the allogeneic bone marrow or organ graft. The CDld complex concentrated on cells of the allograft will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells. Examples of histocompatibility antigens include HLA specificities such as A (e.g.. A1-A74), B (e.g., B1-B77), C (e.g., Cl-Cll), D (e.g., D1-D26), DR (e.g., DR1-DR8), DQ (e.g., DQ1-DQ9) and DP (e.g. DP1-DP6). More preferably, HLA specificities include Al, A2, A3, All, A23, A24, A28, A30, A33, B7, B8, B35, B44, B53, B60, B62, DR1, DR2, DR3, DR4, DR7, DR8, and DR 11. It is possible to tissue type a person by serological or genetic analysis to define which MHC class I or II molecule variants each person has using methods known in the art.
[0085] In one embodiment, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a professional antigen presenting cell. Preferably, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell, for example, CD83, DEC205, CMRF-44 (Fearnley DB et al. Blood 89:3708-16,1997), CMRF-56 (Hock BD et al. Tissue Antigens 53:320-34,1999), BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3, and BDCA-4 (Dzionek A et al. J. Immunol. 165:6037-6046,2000). In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for markers of antigen presenting cells including Toll-like receptors (TLR1, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, TLR9) mannose receptor, and mannan-binding lectin (MBL). As well as additional markers specific to dendritic cells, including, DC-SIGN (the C-type lectin, non-integrin, ICAM-3 receptor on DC), ALCAM, DC-LAMP, and any of a number of other receptors for apoptotic cells including phosphatidylserine receptor. The antibody may be specific for a cell surface marker of another professional antigen presenting cell, such as a B cell or a macrophage. CD 19, CD20 and CD22 are expressed on B cells, and other markers have been described for other antigen presenting cells.
[0086] In other embodiments, the antibody is specific for a cell surface marker of a dendritic cell subset. As noted above, whether CDld-NKT give rise to a predominantly pro-inflammatory or anti-inflammatory response is, in part, a function of the relative frequency of two CDld-NKT subsets. CDld-NKT that are negative for expression of both CD4 and CD8 (double negative) and express the chemokine receptors CCR1 and CCR6 give rise to predominantly a pro-inflammatory THl type response including secretion of IFN-γ and TNF- α. In contrast, CDld-NKT that are CD4+ and express the chemokine receptor CCR4 give rise to both a THl type and TH2 type response including secretion ofthe anti-inflammatory Th2-type cytokines IL-4, IL-5, IL-10 and IL-13. The activation of different CDld-NKT subsets and their radiating influence in promulgating pro-inflammatory or anti-inflammatory responses is mediated by their interaction with different DC subsets (Wilson SB and Delovitch TL Nature Rev. Immunol. 3:211-222,2003; Vincent MS et al. Nature Immunol. 3:1163-68,2002).
[0087] Human DC have been broadly distinguished as myeloid and plasmacytoid. Myeloid DC are characterized by a monocytic morphology, express myeloid markers including the β2 integrin CD lie, and produce high levels of IL-12. Plasmacytoid DC, in contrast, have a morphology that is plama cell like, are CD1 lc negative, and produce high levels of IFN-α. Based on their ability to induce, under appropriate conditions, predominantly THl or TH2 type responses, mature myeloid DC have been designated as DC1 and mature plasmacytoid DC as DC2 (Rissoan MC et al. Science 283:1183, 1999). There is, however, a considerable degree of plasticity in the function of DC subsets that is influenced by the antigen they present, particularly antigens of microbial origin that match pattern recognition receptors on DC, by the cytokine environment in which they differentiate from earlier precursors, and by the properties of the T cells with which they interact (Liu YJ et al. Nature Immunol. 2:585-589,2001; Pulendran B et al. Science 293:253-256,2001; Banchereau J et al. Ann. Rev. Immunol. 18:767-811,2000). Cross-talk between T cells and DC has emerged as an important factor in the maturation, polarization and survival of both T cells and DC (Shreedhar V et al. Immunity 11:625-636,1999) including interactions between CDld expressing DC and CD Id-restricted NKT (Wilson SB and Delovitch TL Nature Rev. Immunol. 3:211-222,2003; Vincent MS et al. Nature Immunol. 3:1163-68,2002).
[0088] In a prefened embodiment of the invention, CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as α-GalCer is targeted to DC by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a surface antigen marker of DC such as CD83, DEC205, CMRF-44, CMRF-56, DC-SIGN, Toll-like Receptors (TLR) including TLR1, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, TLR9, mannose receptor, mannan-binding lectin (MBL), ALCAM, DC-LAMP, phosphatidylserine receptor, BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3 or BDCA-4 (neuropilin, Tordjman R et al. Nature Immunol. 3:477-82,2002). The CDld complex concentrated on DC will then lead to recruitment and activation of CDld-NKT cells.
[0089] In a most prefened embodiment of the invention, CDld loaded with a stimulatory ligand such as α-GalCer is targeted to a particular DC subset by coupling the complex to an antibody specific for a surface antigen marker of said DC subset such as TLR2, TLR4, TLR7, TLR9, BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3, and BDCA-4 (Dzionek A et al. J. Immunol. 165:6037-46,2000; Liu YJ et al. Nature Immunol. 2:585-589,2001; Penna G et al. J. Immunol. 167:1862-66,2001) or mannose receptor. TLR2, TLR4, BDCA-1 (CDlc), BDCA-3, and mannose receptor are expressed on subsets of myeloid DC while TLR7, TLR9, BDCA-2 and BDCA-4 are expressed on plasmacytoid DC. The CDld complex concentrated on the DC subset will then lead to recruitment and activation of a matched subset of CDld-NKT cells. This embodiment of the invention offers a focused means of directing polarization of immune responses to aggressive cell-mediated immunity or to potential tolerogenic interactions. The former is appropriate for inducing immunity to tumors and the latter for downregulation of autoimmune responses that are associated, for example, with multiple sclerosis or type I diabetes.
[0090] The strategy of targeting CDld complexes to DC subsets can be employed either alone or in combination with targeting CDld complexes to specific tissues or organs.
[0091] The compounds of the present invention may be labeled, so as to be directly detectable, or will be used in conjunction with secondary labeled immunoreagents which will specifically bind the compound for example, for detection or diagnostic purposes. Labels of interest may include dyes, enzymes, chemiluminescers, particles, radioisotopes, or other directly or indirectly detectable agent. Alternatively, a second stage label may be used, e.g. labeled antibody directed to one of the constituents of the compound of the invention.
[0092] Examples of suitable enzyme labels include malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast-alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerol phosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase, and acetylcholine esterase.
[0093] Examples of suitable radioisotopic labels include 3H, lllln, 1251,
1311, 32P, 35S, 14C, 51Cr, 57To, 58Co, 59Fe, 75Se, 152Eu, 90Y, 67Cu, 217Ci, 211 At, 212Pb, 47Sc, 109Pd, etc. 11 Hn is a prefened isotope where in vivo imaging is used since its avoids the problem of dehalogenation of the 1251 or 1311-labeled monoclonal antibody by the liver. In addition, this radio nucleotide has a more favorable gamma emission energy for imaging (Perkins et al., Eur. J. Nucl. Med. 10:296-301 (1985); Carasquillo et al., J. Nucl. Med. 28:281-287 (1987)). For example, l llln coupled to monoclonal antibodies with l-(P-isothiocyanatobenzyl)-DPTA has shown little uptake in non- tumorous tissues, particularly the liver, and therefore enhances specificity of tumor localization (Esteban et al, J. Nucl. Med. 28:861-870 (1987)).
[0094] Examples of suitable non-radioactive isotopic labels include 157Gd,
55Mn, 162Dy, 52Tr, and 56Fe.
[0095] Examples of suitable fluorescent labels include an 152Eu label, a fluorescein label, an isothiocyanate label, a rhodamine label, a phycoerythrin label, a phycocyanin label, an allophycocyanin label, an o-phthaldehyde label, and a fluorescamine label.
[0096] Examples of suitable toxin labels include diphtheria toxin, ricin, and cholera toxin.
[0097] Examples of chemiluminescent labels include a luminal label, an isoluminal label, an aromatic acridinium ester label, an imidazole label, an acridinium salt label, an oxalate ester label, a luciferin label, a luciferase label, and an aequorin label.
[0098] Examples of nuclear magnetic resonance contrasting agents include heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and Fe.
[0099] Typical techniques for binding the above-described labels to antibodies are provided by Kennedy et al., Clin. Chim. Acta 70:1-31 (1976), and Schurs et al., Clin. Chim. Acta 81 :l-40 (1977). Coupling techniques mentioned in the latter are the glutaraldehyde method, the periodate method, the dimaleimide method, the m-maleimidobenzyl-N-hydroxy-succinimide ester method, all of which methods are incorporated by reference herein.
[00100] The compound ofthe invention may further comprise other therapeutic agents. The therapeutic agent or agents may be linked to the multivalent compound, the antibody, or the CDld complex. Examples of therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites, alkylating agents, anthracyclines, antibiotics, and anti-mitotic agents. Antimetabolites include methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine. Alkylating agents include mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin. Anthracyclines include daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin (also refened to herein as adriamycin). Additional examples include mitozantrone and bisantrene. Antibiotics include dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC). Antimytotic agents include vincristine and vinblastine (which are commonly refened to as vinca alkaloids). Other cytotoxic agents include procarbazine, hydroxyurea, asparaginase, corticosteroids, mytotane (O,P'-(DDD)), interferons. Further examples of cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, ricin, doxorubicin, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, etoposide, tenoposide, colchicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, 1-dehydrotestosterone, and glucocorticoid.
[00101] Analogs and homologs of such therapeutic and cytotoxic agents are encompassed by the present invention. For example, the chemotherapuetic agent aminopterin has a conelative improved analog namely methotrexate. Further, the improved analog of doxorubicin is an Fe-chelate. Also, the improved analog for 1-methylnitrosourea is lomustine. Further, the improved analog of vinblastine is vincristine. Also, the improved analog of mechlorethamine is cyclophosphamide.
[00102] The present invention also relates to vectors which include a nucleotide sequence encoding a compound of the present invention or parts thereof, host cells which are genetically engineered with the recombinant vectors, and the production of the compounds of the present invention or parts thereof by recombinant techniques.
[0100] The polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host. Generally, a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.
[0101] The DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, tip and tac promoters, or, in mammalian cells, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few. Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan. The expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating codon at the beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end ofthe polypeptide to be translated.
[0102] As indicated, the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker. Such markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria. Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
[0103] Several eukaryotic expression systems have been used for production of soluble CDld complex, such as SC2 Drosophila melanogaster cells (Benlagha et al., 2000. J Exp Med 191:1895), baculovirus system (61) and Chinese hamster ovary CHO cells (Gumperz et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:625). Regarding fusion proteins, a single chain composed of β2 microglobulin fused to N-terminus of CDld heavy chain fused to the Fc part of IgG2a has been successfully produced in CHO cells both for human and mouse CDld (Gumperz et al., 2002. J Exp Med 195:625, Gumperz et al., 2000. Immunity 12:211). The Fc portion of IgG2a can be replaced with the variable portion of the desired anti-TAA mAb, possibly a single chain scFv antibody fragment.
[0104] In parallel, a chemically coupled CD ld-antibody Fab fragment can be obtained essentially as done for MHC Class I-antibody conjugates (14) except that the CDld-β2 microglobulin complex is produced in a eukaryotic system. Briefly, a free cysteine will be engineered at the carboxyl terminus of the CDld molecule and after expression and purification, the CDld complex is chemically coupled to the free cysteines of the Fab fragment via a thiol reactive bis-maleimide linker. For both the fusion and the conjugate strategy, α-GalCer can be loaded on CDld either at the time of cell-based synthesis or after production and purification ofthe soluble CDld complex.
[0105] Among vectors prefened for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and pQE-9, available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A, available from Stratagene; and ptrc99a, ρKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia. Among prefened eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia. Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
[0106] Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Davis et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986).
[0107] The polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form, such as a fusion protein, and may include not only secretion signals, but also additional heterologous functional regions. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus ofthe polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification, or during subsequent handling and storage. Also, peptide moieties may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final preparation of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion, to improve stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are familiar and routine techniques in the art. A prefened fusion protein comprises a heterologous region from immunoglobulin that is useful to solubilize proteins. For example, EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869) discloses fusion proteins comprising various portions of constant region of immunoglobin molecules together with another human protein or part thereof. In many cases, the Fc part in a fusion protein is thoroughly advantageous for use in therapy and diagnosis and thus results, for example, in improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262). On the other hand, for some uses it would be desirable to be able to delete the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected and purified in the advantageous manner described. This is the case when the Fc portion proves to be a hindrance to use in therapy and diagnosis, for example when the fusion protein is to be used as an antigen for irnmunizations. In drug discovery, for example, human proteins, such as the hIL5 -receptor, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5. See, D. Bennett et al., J. Mol. Recognition 8:52-58 (1995) and K. Johanson et al., J. of Biol. Chem. 270(16):9459-9471 (1995). Several reports have described secretion and assembly of fusion proteins comprised of diverse sequences linked to the carboxyl terminus of immunoglobulin chains (Harvill, E.T. et al., J. Immunol. 157:3165-70 (1996); Shin, S.U. et al, J. Immunology 158: 4797-4804 (1997); Penichet, MX. et al, J. Immunol. 163:4421-26 (1999); Zhang, H.F. et al, J. Clin. Invest 103:55-61 (1999)). Fusion proteins of the compounds of this invention will likewise retain amino terminal sequences of the immunoglobulin chain that direct secretion. CDld molecules linked to the carboxyl terminus of the immunoglobulin chains are stripped of hydrophobic transmembrane sequences and should not interfere with secretion. [0109] The polypeptide can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Most preferably, high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is employed for purification. Polypeptides useful in the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant production procedure, the polypeptides of the present invention may be glycosylated or may be non-glycosylated. In addition, polypeptides of the invention may also include an initial modified methionine residue, in some cases as a result of host-mediated processes.
[0110] The ability of a compound of the present invention to modulate an immune response can be readily determined by an in vitro assay. NKT cells for use in the assays include transformed NKT cell lines, or NKT cells which are isolated from a mammal, e.g., from a human or from a rodent such as a mouse. NKT cells can be isolated from a mammal by sorting cells that bind CDld:α-GalCer tetramers. See, for example, Benlagha et al., J Exp Med 191 (2000), pp. 1895-1903; Matsuda et al, J Exp Med 192 (2000), pp. 741-754; and Karadimitris et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98 (2001), pp. 3294-3298. A suitable assay to determine if a compound of the present invention is capable of modulating the activity of NKT cells is conducted by coculturing NKT cells and antigen presenting cells, adding the particular compound of interest to the culture medium that targets either the antigen presenting cells or the NKT cells directly, and measuring IL-4 or IFN-γ production. A significant increase or decrease in DL-4 or IFN-γ production over the same co-culture of cells in the absence of the compound of the invention or, preferably, in the presence of a compound ofthe invention with a non-targeting antibody indicates stimulation or inhibition of NKT cells.
[0111] The NKT cells employed in the assays are incubated under conditions suitable for proliferation. For example, an NKT cell hybridoma is suitably incubated at about 37°C and 5% CO2 in complete culture medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% FBS, penicillin/streptomycin, L-glutamine and 5x10-5 M 2-mercaptoethanol). Serial dilutions of the compound can be added to the NKT cell culture medium. Suitable concentrations of the compound added to the NKT cells typically will be in the range of from 10"12 to 10"6 M. Use of antigen dose and APC numbers giving slightly submaximal NKT cell activation is prefened to detect stimulation or inhibition of NKT cell responses by the compounds ofthe invention.
[0112] Alternatively, rather than measurement of an expressed protein such as
IL-4 or IFN-γ, modulation of NKT cell activation can be determined by changes in antigen-dependent T cell proliferation as measured by radiolabelling techniques as are recognized in the art. For example, a labeled (e.g., tritiated) nucleotide may be introduced to an assay culture medium. Incorporation of such a tagged nucleotide into DNA serves as a measure of T cell proliferation. This assay is not suitable for NKT cells that do not require antigen presentation for growth, e.g., NKT cell hybridomas. A difference in the level of T cell proliferation following contact with the compound of the invention indicates the complex modulates activity of the T cells. For example, a decrease in NKT cell proliferation indicates the compound can suppress an immune response. An increase in NKT cell proliferation indicates the compound can stimulate an immune response.
[0113] Additionally, the 51Cr release assay, described below, can be used to determine cytotoxic activity.
[0114] These in vitro assays can be employed to select and identify CDld complexes that are capable of modulating an immune response. Assays described above, e.g., measurement of IL-4 or IFN-γ production or NKT cell proliferation, are employed to determine if contact with the compound modulates T cell activation.
[0115] In vivo assays also may be suitably employed to determine the ability of a compound of the invention to modulate the activity of NKT cells. For example, a compound of interest can be assayed for its ability to stimulate NKT cell activation or inhibit tumor growth. For example, a compound ofthe invention can be administered to a mammal such as a mouse, before or after challenge with a rumorigenic dose of transformed cells and the presence or size of growing tumors may be monitored.
[0116] The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound described above in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. Such compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of the compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. Such a carrier includes but is not limited to saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof. The fonnulation should suit the mode of administration.
[0117] The present invention also includes a method of modulating, i.e., either stimulating or inhibiting an immune response, comprising administering to an animal an effective amount of a compound or composition ofthe invention.
[0118] The compounds of the present invention may be administered in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. It will be understood that, when administered to a human patient, the total daily usage of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the type and degree of the response to be achieved; the specific composition of another agent, if any, employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the composition; the duration ofthe treatment; drugs (such as a chemotherapeutic agent) used in combination or coincidental with the specific composition; and like factors well known in the medical arts. Suitable formulations, known in the art, can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (latest edition), Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA.
[0119] The compound to be used in the therapy will be formulated and dosed in a fashion consistent with good medical practice, taking into account the clinical condition of the individual patient (especially the side effects of treatment with the compounds alone), the site of delivery ofthe compound, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to practitioners. The "effective amount" of the compounds of the invention for purposes herein is thus determined by such considerations.
[0120] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered orally, intravenously, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intradermally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, gels, creams, drops or transdermal patch), bucally, or as an oral or nasal spray. The term "parenteral" as used herein refers to modes of admimstration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular injection and infusion.
[0121] The pharmaceutical compositions are administered in an amount which is effective for treating and/or prophylaxis of the specific indication. In most cases, the dosage is from about 1 μg/kg to about 30 mg/kg body weight daily, taking into account the routes of administration, symptoms, etc. However, the dosage can be as low as 0.001 μg/kg.
[0122] As a general proposition, the total pharmaceutically effective amount of the compositions administered parenterally per dose will be in the range of about 1 μg/kg/day to 100 mg/kg/day of patient body weight, although, as noted above, this will be subject to therapeutic discretion. If given continuously, the composition is typically administered at a dose rate of about 1 μg/kg/hour to about 5 mg/kg/hour, either by 1-4 injections per day or by continuous subcutaneous infusions, for example, using a mini-pump. An intravenous bag solution or bottle solution may also be employed. [0123] The compounds of the invention may also be suitably administered by sustained-release systems. Suitable examples of sustained-release compositions include semi-permeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or mirocapsules. Sustained-release matrices include polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919, EP 58,481), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate (U. Sidman et al., Biopolymers 22:547- 556 (1983)), poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (R. Langer et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15:167-277 (1981), and R. Langer, Chem. Tech. 12:98-105 (1982)), ethylene vinyl acetate (R. Langer et al., Id.) or poly-D- (-)-3- hydroxybutyric acid (EP 133,988). Sustained-release compositions also include liposomally entrapped compositions of the present invention. Liposomes are prepared by methods known per se: DE 3,218,121; Epstein, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688-3692 (1985); Hwang et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030-4034 (1980); EP 52,322; EP 36,676; EP 88,046; EP 143,949; EP 142,641; Japanese Pat. Appl. 83-118008; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545; and EP 102,324. Ordinarily, the liposomes are of the small (about 200-800 Angstroms) unilamellar type in which the lipid content is greater than about 30 mol. percent cholesterol, the selected proportion being adjusted for the optimal therapy.
[0124] For parenteral administration, in one embodiment, the composition is formulated generally by mixing it at the desired degree of purity, in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, or emulsion), with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, i.e., one that is non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed and is compatible with other ingredients of the formulation. For example, the formulation preferably does not include oxidizing agents and other compositions that are known to be deleterious to polypeptides.
[0125] Generally, the formulations are prepared by contacting the compounds ofthe invention uniformly and intimately with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. Then, if necessary, the product is shaped into the desired formulation. Preferably the carrier is a parenteral carrier, more preferably a solution that is isotonic with the blood ofthe recipient. Examples of such carrier vehicles include water, saline, Ringer's solution, and dextrose solution. Non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate are also useful herein, as well as liposomes. Suitable formulations, known in the art, can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (latest edition), Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA.
[0126] The carrier suitably contains minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability. Such materials are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, succinate, acetic acid, and other organic acids or their salts; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about ten residues) polypeptides, e.g., polyarginine or tripeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpynolidone; amino acids, such as glycine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, or arginine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including cellulose or its derivatives, glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as polysorbates, poloxamers, or PEG.
[0127] The compositions are typically formulated in such vehicles at a concentration of about 0.01 μg/ml to 100 mg/ml, preferably 0.01 μg/ml tolO mg/ml, at a pH of about 3 to 8. It will be understood that the use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of salts.
[0128] Compositions to be used for therapeutic administration must be sterile.
Sterility is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes (e.g., 0.2 micron membranes). Therapeutic compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle. [0129] The compounds of the invention ordinarily will be stored in unit or multi-dose containers, for example, sealed ampules or vials, as an aqueous solution or as a lyophilized formulation for reconstitution. As an example of a lyophilized formulation, 10-ml vials are filled with 5 ml of sterile-filtered 1% (w/v) aqueous solution, and the resulting mixture is lyophilized. The infusion solution is prepared by reconstituting the lyophilized composition using bacteriostatic Water-for-Inj ection.
[0130] Dosaging may also be ananged in a patient specific manner to provide a predetermined concentration of activity in the blood, as determined by an RIA technique, for instance. Thus patient dosaging may be adjusted to achieve regular on-going trough blood levels, as measured by RIA, on the order of from 50 to 1000 ng/ml, preferably 150 to 500 ng/ml.
[0131] The compounds of the invention are useful for administration to any animal, preferably a mammal (such as apes, cows, horses, pigs, boars, sheep, rodents, goats, dogs, cats, chickens, monkeys, rabbits, fenets, whales, and dolphins), and more preferably a human.
[0132] The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Associated with such containers can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration. In addition, the compositions of the present invention may be employed in conjunction with other therapeutic compositions.
[0133] Other therapeutic compositions useful for administration along with a compound of the present invention include cytotoxic drugs, particularly those which are used for cancer therapy. Such drugs include, in general, alkylating agents, anti-proliferative agents, tubulin binding agents and the like. Preferred classes of cytotoxic agents include, for example, the anthracycline family of drugs, the vinca drugs, the mitomycins, the bleomycins, the cytotoxic nucleosides, the pteridine family of drags, diynenes, and the podophyllotoxins. Particularly useful members of those classes include, for example, adriamycin, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloromethotrexate, mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6- mercaptopurine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxm, or podophyllotoxm derivatives such as etoposide or etoposide phosphate, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine, leurosine and the like. As noted previously, one skilled in the art may make chemical modifications to the desired compound in order to make reactions of that compound more convenient for purposes of preparing conjugates ofthe invention.
[0134] The compounds of the invention can be used to treat tumor-bearing animals, including humans, to generate an immune response against tumor cells. The generation of an adequate and appropriate immune response leads to tumor regression in vivo. Such "vaccines" can be used either alone or in combination with other therapeutic regimens, including but not limited to chemotherapy, radiation therapy, surgery, bone manow transplantation, etc. for the treatment of tumors. For example, surgical or radiation techniques could be used to debulk the tumor mass, after which, the vaccine formulations of the invention can be administered to ensure the regression and prevent the progression of remaining tumor masses or micrometastases in the body. Alternatively, administration of the "vaccine" can precede such surgical, radiation or chemotherapeutic treatment.
[0135] Alternatively, the compounds of the invention can be used to immunize or "vaccinate" tumor-free subjects to prevent tumor formation. With the advent of genetic testing, it is now possible to predict a subject's predisposition for certain cancers. Such subjects, therefore, may be immunized using a compound comprising one or more antigenic ligands derived from tumors.
[0136] Suitable preparations of such vaccines include injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in liquid prior to injection, may also be prepared. The preparation may also be emulsified, or the polypeptides encapsulated in liposomes. The active immunogenic ingredients are often mixed with excipients which are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, or the like and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired, the vaccine preparation may also include minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and/or adjuvants which enhance the effectiveness ofthe vaccine.
[0137] Examples of adjuvants which may be effective, include, but are not limited to: aluminum hydroxide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L-threonyl-D- isoglutamine (thr-MDP), N-acetyl-nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, N- acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L-alanine-2-(r-2'-dipalmitoyl-sn- glycero-3-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)-ethylamine, GM-CSF, QS-21
(investigational drug, Progenies Pharmaceuticals,Inc), DETOX (investigational drug, Ribi Pharmaceuticals), BCG, and CpG rich ohgonucleotides.
[0138] The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. The composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
[0139] In an alternate embodiment, compounds of the present invention may be used in adoptive immunotherapeutic methods for the activation of NKT lymphocytes that are histocompatible with the patient, (for methods of adoptive immunotherapy, see, e.g., Rosenberg, U.S. Patent No. 4,690,915, issued September 1, 1987; Zarling, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,081,029, issued January 14, 1992). Such NKT lymphocytes may be isolated from the patient or a histocompatible donor. The NKT lymphocytes are activated in vitro by exposure to the compound of the invention. Activated NKT lymphocytes are expanded and inoculated into the patient in order to transfer NKT cell immunity directed against the particular antigenic peptide or peptides.
[0140] The compounds of the present invention may be administered along with other compounds which modulate an immune response, for example, cytokines. The term "cytokine" refers to polypeptides, including, but not limited to, interleukins (e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL- 9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL- 13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, and IL-18), α interferons (e.g., IFN-α), β interferon (IFN-β), γ interferons (e.g., IFN-γ), , colony stimulating factors (CSFs, e.g., CSF-1, CSF-2, and CSF-3), granulocyte- macrophage colony stimulating factor (GMCSF), transforming growth factor (TGF, e.g.,.TGFα and TGFβ), and insulin-like growth factors (IGFs, e.g., IGF-I and IGF-II).
[0141] The compounds of the invention may also be employed in accordance with the present invention by expression of such compounds, especially CD ld-antibody fusion compounds, in vivo, which is often refened to as "gene therapy."
[0142] Polynucleotide that encodes a compound of this invention that is a direct fusion of antibody and a CDld molecule, as well as a polynucleotide encoding a β2-microglobulin fusion, may be introduced directly into cells by transfection or infection with a suitable vector so as to give rise to synthesis and secretion of that compound by the successfully transfected or infected cells. This can be accomplished by cotransfection with separate DNA vector constructs or by co-expression in the same vector.
[0143] Thus, for example, cells from a patient may be engineered with a polynucleotide (DNA or RNA) encoding a compound ofthe invention ex vivo, with the engineered cells then being provided to a patient to be treated with the compounds. Such methods are well-known in the art. For example, cells may be engineered by procedures known in the art by use of a retroviral particle containing RNA encoding a compound ofthe present invention.
[0144] Similarly, cells may be engineered in vivo for expression of a compound in vivo by, for example, procedures known in the art. As known in the art, a producer cell for producing a retroviral particle containing RNA encoding the compound of the present invention may be administered to a patient for engineering cells in vivo and expression ofthe polypeptide in vivo. These and other methods for administering a polypeptide of the present invention by such method should be apparent to those skilled in the art from the teachings ofthe present invention. For example, the expression vehicle for engineering cells may be other than a retrovirus, for example, an adenovirus which may be used to engineer cells in vivo after combination with a suitable delivery vehicle. Examples of other delivery vehicles include an HSV-based vector system, adeno-associated virus vectors, pox viruses, and inert vehicles, for example, dextran coated ferrite particles.
[0145] Retroviruses from which the retroviral plasmid vectors hereinabove mentioned may be derived include, but are not limited to, lentiviruses, Moloney Murine Leukemia virus, spleen necrosis virus, retroviruses such as Rous Sarcoma Virus, Harvey Sarcoma virus, avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus, adenovirus, Myeloproliferative Sarcoma Virus, and mammary tumor virus. In one embodiment, the retroviral plasmid vector is derived from Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus.
[0146] The nucleic acid sequence encoding the compound of the present invention is under the control of a suitable promoter. Suitable promoters which may be employed include, but are not limited to, adenoviral promoters, such as the adenoviral major late promoter; or heterologous promoters, such as cytomegaloviras (CMV) promoter; the respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) promoter; inducible promoters, such as the MMT promoter, the metallothionein promoter; heat shock promoters; the albumin promoter; the ApoAI promoter; human globin promoters; viral thymidine kinase promoters, such as the Herpes Simplex thymidine kinase promoter; retroviral LTRs (including the modified retroviral LTRs hereinabove described); the β-actin promoter; and human growth hormone promoters. [0147] The retroviral plasmid vector is employed to transduce packaging cell lines to form producer cell lines. Examples of packaging cell lines which may be transfected include, but are not limited to, the PE501, PA317, 2-2, 2-AM, PA12, T19-14x, VT-19-17-H2, 2CRE, 2CRJP, GP+E-86, GP+envAml2, and DAN cell lines as described in Miller, Human Gene Therapy 1:5-14 (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The vector may transduce the packaging cells through any means known in the art. Such means include, but are not limited to, electroporation, the use of liposomes, and CaPO4 precipitation. In one alternative, the retroviral plasmid vector may be encapsulated into a liposome, or coupled to a lipid, and then administered to a host.
[0148] The producer cell line generates infectious retroviral vector particles which include the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptides. Such retroviral vector particles then may be employed to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo. The transduced eukaryotic cells will express the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptide. Eukaryotic cells which may be transduced include, but are not limited to, embryonic stem cells, embryonic carcinoma cells, as well as hematopoietic stem cells, hepatocytes, fibroblasts, myoblasts, keratinocytes, endothelial cells, and bronchial epithelial cells.
[0149] In certain embodiments, the polynucleotide constructs may be delivered as naked polynucleotides. By "naked" polynucleotides is meant that the polynucleotides are free from any delivery vehicle that acts to assist, promote, or facilitate entry into the cell, including viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulation, lipofectin, precipitating agents and the like. Such methods are well known in the art and described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,593,972, 5,589,466, and 5,580,859.
[0150] The naked polynucleotides used in the invention can be those which do not integrate into the genome of the host cell. These may be non-replicating sequences, or specific replicating sequences genetically engineered to lack the genome-integration ability. Alternatively, the naked polynucleotides used in the invention may integrate into the genome of the host cell by, for example, homologous recombination, as discussed below. Preferably, the naked polynucleotide construct is contained in a plasmid. Suitable expression vectors for delivery include, but are not limited to, vectors such as pRSVcat (ATCC 37152), pSVL and MSG (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), pSV2dhfr (ATCC 37146) and pBC12MI (ATCC 67109). Additional suitable plasmids are discussed in more detail above.
[0151] The naked polynucleotides can be administered to any tissue (such as muscle tissue) or organ, as described above. In another embodiment, the naked polynucleotides are administered to the tissue sunounding the tissue of origin. In another embodiment, the naked polynucleotides are administered systemically, through intravenous injection.
[0152] For naked polynucleotide injection, an effective dosage amount of polynucleotide will be in the range of from about 0.05 μg/kg body weight to about 50 mg/kg body weight. Preferably, the dosage will be from about 0.005 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and more preferably from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. The appropriate and effective dosage of the polynucleotide construct can readily be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art and may depend on the condition being treated and the route of administration.
[0153] The constructs may also be delivered with delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc. Such methods of delivery are known in the art. For example, the polynucleotide construct can be delivered specifically to hepatocytes through the method of Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:6985-16987 (1989).
[0154] In certain embodiments, the polynucleotide constructs are complexed in a liposome preparation. Liposomal preparations for use in the instant invention include cationic (positively charged), anionic (negatively charged) and neutral preparations. However, cationic liposomes are particularly prefened because a tight charge complex can be formed between the cationic liposome and the polyanionic nucleic acid. Cationic liposomes have been shown to mediate intracellular delivery of plasmid DNA (Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1987) 84:7413-7416); mRNA (Malone et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1989) 86:6077-6081); and purified transcription factors (Debs et al., J. Biol. Chem. (1990) 265:10189-10192), in functional form.
[0155] Cationic liposomes are readily available. For example, N[l-2,3- dioleyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-triethylammonium (DOTMA) liposomes are particularly useful and are available under the trademark Lipofectin, from GIBCO BRL, Grand Island, N.Y. (See, also, Feigner et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA (1987) 84:7413-7416). Other commercially available liposomes include transfectace (DDAB/DOPE) and DOTAP/DOPE (Boehringer).
[0156] Other cationic liposomes can be prepared from readily available materials using techniques well known in the art. See, e.g. PCT Application No. WO 90/11092 for a description of the synthesis of DOTAP (1,2- bis(oleoyloxy)-3-(trimethylammonio)propane) liposomes. Preparation of DOTMA liposomes is explained in the literature, see, e.g., P. Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413-7417. Similar methods can be used to prepare liposomes from other cationic lipid materials.
[0157] Similarly, anionic and neutral liposomes are readily available, such as from Avanti Polar Lipids (Birmingham, Ala.), or can be easily prepared using readily available materials. Such materials include phosphatidyl, choline, cholesterol, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, dioleoylphosphatidyl choline (DOPC), dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol (DOPG), dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine (DOPE), among others. These materials can also be mixed with the DOTMA and DOTAP starting materials in appropriate ratios. Methods for making liposomes using these materials are well known in the art.
[0158] For example, commercially dioleoylphosphatidyl choline (DOPC), dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol (DOPG), and dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine (DOPE) can be used in various combinations to make conventional liposomes, with or without the addition of cholesterol. Thus, for example, DOPG/DOPC vesicles can be prepared by drying 50 mg each of DOPG and DOPC under a stream of nitrogen gas into a sonication vial. The sample is placed under a vacuum pump overnight and is hydrated the following day with deionized water. The sample is then sonicated for 2 hours in a capped vial, using a Heat Systems model 350 sonicator equipped with an inverted cup (bath type) probe at the maximum setting while the bath is circulated at 15 DC. Alternatively, negatively charged vesicles can be prepared without sonication to produce multilamellar vesicles or by extrusion through nucleopore membranes to produce unilamellar vesicles of discrete size. Other methods are known and available to those of skill in the art. The liposomes can comprise multilamellar vesicles (MLVs), small unilamellar vesicles (SUVs), or large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs), with SUVs being prefened. The various liposome-nucleic acid complexes are prepared using methods well known in the art. See, e.g., Straubinger et al., Methods of Immunology (1983), 101:512-527. For example, MLVs containing nucleic acid can be prepared by depositing a thin film of phosphohpid on the walls of a glass tube and subsequently hydrating with a solution of the material to be encapsulated. SUVs are prepared by extended sonication of MLVs to produce a homogeneous population of unilamellar liposomes. The material to be entrapped is added to a suspension of preformed MLVs and then sonicated. When using liposomes containing cationic lipids, the dried lipid film is resuspended in an appropriate solution such as sterile water or an isotonic buffer solution such as 10 mM Tris/NaCl, sonicated, and then the preformed liposomes are mixed directly with the DNA. The liposome and DNA form a very stable complex due to binding of the positively charged liposomes to the cationic DNA. SUVs find use with small nucleic acid fragments. LUVs are prepared by a number of methods, well known in the art. Commonly used methods include Ca2+-EDTA chelation (Papahadjopoulos et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta (1975) 394:483; Wilson et al., Cell (1979) 17:77); ether injection (Deamer, D. and Bangham, A., Biochim. Biophys. Acta (1976) 443:629; Ostro et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (1977) 76:836; Fraley et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1979) 76:3348); detergent dialysis (Enoch, H. and Strittmatter, P., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1979) 76:145); and reverse-phase evaporation (REV) (Fraley et al., J. Biol. Chem. (1980) 255:10431; Szoka, F. and Papahadjopoulos, D., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1978) 75:145; Schaefer-Ridder et al, Science (1982) 215:166).
[0160] Additional examples of useful cationic lipids include dipalmitoyl- phophatidylethanolamine 5-carboxyspen-nylamide (DPPES); 5- carboxyspermylglycine dioctadecylamide (DOGS); dimethyldioctdecyl- ammonium bromide (DDAB); and (D)-N,N-dimethyl-N-[2- (sperminecarboxamido)ethyl]-2,3-bis(dioleyloxy)-l-propanimimum pentahydrochloride (DOSPA). Non-diether cationic lipids, such as DL-1,2- dioleoyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl-D -hydroxyethylammonium (DORI diester), 1 ,2-O-dioleyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl- D -hydroxyethylammonium (DORIE diether), l-O-oleyl-2-oleoyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl-D- hydroxyethylammonium (DORI ester/ether), and their salts promote in vivo gene delivery. Cationic cholesterol derivatives such as, {3D[N-N,ND- dimethylamino)ethane]-carbomoyl} -cholesterol (DC-Choi), are also useful.
[0161] Prefened cationic lipids include: (±)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N,N- dimethyl-2,3-bis(tetradecyloxy)-l-propaniminium bromide; 3,5-(N,N-di- lysyl)diamino-benzoylglycyl-3-(DL-l,2-dioleoyl-dimethylaminopropyl-D- hydroxyethylamine) (DLYS-DABA-GLY-DORI diester); 3,5-(NN-dilysyl)- diaminobenzoyl-3-(DL- 1 ,2-dioleoyl-dimethylaminopropyl- D - hydroxyethylamine) (DLYS-DABA-DORI diester); and 1,2-dioleoyl-sn- glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine. Also prefened is the combinations of the following lipids: (±)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis
(tetradecyloxy)-l-propaniminium bromide and l,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphoethanolamine; and (±)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N,N-dimethyl-2,3- bis(tetradecyloxy)-l-propaniminium bromide, and l,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphoethanolamine in a 1:1 ratio.
[0162] The lipid formulations may have a cationic lipid alone, or also include a neutral lipid such as cardiolipin, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleoylphosphatylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidyl- ethanolamine, 1 ,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), sphingomyelin, and mono-, di- or tri-acylglycerol). [0163] Lipid formulations may also have cationic lipid together with a lysophosphatide. The lysophosphatide may have a neutral or a negative head group. Useful lysophosphatides include lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidyl-ethanolamine, and 1-oleoyl lysophosphatidylcholine. Lysophosphatide lipids are present Other additives, such as cholesterol, fatty acid, ganglioside, glycolipid, neobee, niosome, prostaglandin, sphingolipid, and any other natural or synthetic amphiphiles, can be used. A prefened molar ratio of cationic lipid to neutral lipid in these lipid formulations is from about 9:1 to about 1:9; an equimolar ratio is more prefened in the lipid- containing formulation in a 1 :2 ratio of lysolipid to cationic lipid.
[0164] Generally, the ratio of DNA to liposomes will be from about 10:1 to about 1:10. Preferably, the ratio will be from about 5:1 to about 1:5. More preferably, the ratio will be about 3:1 to about 1:3. Still more preferably, the ratio will be about 1:1.
[0165] U.S. Patent No. 5,676,954 reports on the injection of genetic material, complexed with cationic liposomes carriers, into mice. U.S. Patent Nos. 4,897,355, 4,946,787, 5,049,386, 5,459,127, 5,589,466, 5,693,622, 5,580,859, 5,703,055, and international publication no. WO 94/9469 provide cationic lipids for use in transfecting DNA into cells and mammals. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,589,466, 5,693,622, 5,580,859, 5,703,055, and international publication no. WO 94/9469 provide methods for delivering DNA-cationic lipid complexes to mammals.
[0166] hi certain other embodiments, cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, with the polynucleotide operably linked to a promoter contained in an adenovirus vector. Adenovirus can be manipulated such that it encodes and expresses the desired gene product, and at the same time is inactivated in terms of its ability to replicate in a normal lytic viral life cycle. Adenovirus expression is achieved without integration of the viral DNA into the host cell chromosome, thereby alleviating concerns about insertional mutagenesis. Furthermore, adenoviruses have been used as live enteric vaccines for many years with an excellent safety profile (Schwartz, A. R. et al. (1974) Am. Rev. Respir. Dis.109:233-238). Finally, adenovirus mediated gene transfer has been demonstrated in a number of instances including transfer of alpha- 1- antitrypsin and CFTR to the lungs of cotton rats (Rosenfeld, M. A. et al. (1991) Science 252:431-434; Rosenfeld et al., (1992) Cell 68:143-155). Furthermore, extensive studies to attempt to establish adenovirus as a causative agent in human cancer were uniformly negative (Green, M. et al. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:6606).
[0167] Suitable adenoviral vectors useful in the present invention are described, for example, in Kozarsky and Wilson, Cun. Opin. Genet. Devel. 3:499-503 (1993); Rosenfeld et al, Cell 68:143-155 (1992); Engelhardt et al., Human Genet. Ther. 4:759-769 (1993); Yang et al., Nature Genet. 7:362-369 (1994); Wilson et al., Nature 365:691-692 (1993); and U.S. Patent No. 5,652,224, which are herein incorporated by reference. For example, the adenovirus vector Ad2 is useful and can be grown in human 293 cells. These cells contain the El region of adenovirus and constirutively express Ela and Elb, which complement the defective adenovirases by providing the products of the genes deleted from the vector, hi addition to Ad2, other varieties of adenovirus (e.g., Ad3, Ad5, and Ad7) are also useful in the present invention.
[0168] Preferably, the adenovirases used in the present invention are replication deficient. Replication deficient adenovirases require the aid of a helper viras and/or packaging cell line to form infectious particles. The resulting viras is capable of infecting cells and can express a polynucleotide of interest which is operably linked to a promoter, for example, the polynucleotide of the present invention, but cannot replicate in most cells. Replication deficient adenovirases may be deleted in one or more of all or a portion ofthe following genes: Ela, Elb, E3, E4, E2a, or LI through L5.
[0169] In certain other embodiments, the cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, using an adeno-associated virus (AAV). AAVs are naturally occurring defective viruses that require helper viruses to produce infectious particles (Muzyczka, N., Cun. Topics in Microbiol. hnmunol. 158:97 (1992)). It is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non-dividing cells. Vectors containing as little as 300 base pairs of AAV can be packaged and can integrate, but space for exogenous DNA is limited to about 4.5 kb. Methods for producing and using such AAVs are known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,139,941, 5,173,414, 5,354,678, 5,436,146, 5,474,935, 5,478,745, and 5,589,377.
[0170] For example, an appropriate AAV vector for use in the present invention will include all the sequences necessary for DNA replication, encapsidation, and host cell integration. The polynucleotide construct is inserted into the AAV vector using standard cloning methods, such as those found in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989). The recombinant AAV vector is then transfected into packaging cells which are infected with a helper viras, using any standard technique, including lipofection, electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, etc. Appropriate helper viruses include adenovirases, cytomegalovirases, vaccinia viruses, or herpes viruses. Once the packaging cells are transfected and infected, they will produce infectious AAV viral particles which contain the polynucleotide construct. These viral particles are then used to transduce eukaryotic cells, either ex vivo or in vivo. The transduced cells will contain the polynucleotide construct integrated into its genome, and will express the molecule of interest.
[0171] Any mode of administration of any of the above-described polynucleotides constructs can be used so long as the mode results in the expression of one or more molecules in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect. This includes direct needle injection, systemic injection, catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators (i.e., "gene guns"), gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depot materials, osmotic pumps (e.g., Alza mimpumps), oral or suppositorial solid (tablet or pill) pharmaceutical formulations, and decanting or topical applications. For example, direct injection of naked calcium phosphate-precipitated plasmid into rat liver and rat spleen or a protein-coated plasmid into the portal vein has resulted in gene expression ofthe foreign gene in the rat livers (Kaneda et al., Science 243:375 (1989)).
[0172] A prefened method of local administration is by direct injection.
Preferably, a recombinant molecule ofthe present invention complexed with a delivery vehicle is administered by direct injection into or locally within the area ofthe liver. Administration of a composition locally within the area ofthe liver refers to injecting the composition centimeters and preferably, millimeters within the liver.
[0173] Another method of local administration is to contact a polynucleotide- promoter constract ofthe present invention in or around a surgical wound. For example, a patient can undergo surgery and the polynucleotide construct can be coated on the surface of tissue inside the wound or the construct can be injected into areas of tissue inside the wound.
[0174] Therapeutic compositions useful in systemic administration, include recombinant molecules of the present invention complexed to a targeted delivery vehicle of the present invention. Suitable delivery vehicles for use with systemic administration comprise liposomes comprising ligands for targeting the vehicle to a particular site, for example, ligands for targeting the vehicle to a tissue of interest. Targeting vehicles for other tissues and organs are well known to skilled artisans.
[0175] Prefened methods of systemic administration, include intravenous injection, aerosol, oral and percutaneous (topical) delivery. Intravenous injections can be performed using methods standard in the art. Aerosol delivery can also be performed using methods standard in the art (see, for example, Stribling et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 189:11277-11281, 1992, which is incorporated herein by reference). Oral delivery can be performed by complexing a polynucleotide construct of the present invention to a carrier capable of withstanding degradation by digestive enzymes in the gut of an animal. Examples of such carriers, include plastic capsules or tablets, such as those known in the art. Topical delivery can be performed by mixing a polynucleotide constract of the present invention with a lipophilic reagent (e.g., DMSO) that is capable of passing into the skin.
[0176] Determining an effective amount of substance to be delivered can depend upon a number of factors including, for example, the chemical structure and biological activity of the substance, the age and weight of the animal, the precise condition requiring treatment and its severity, and the route of administration. The frequency of treatments depends upon a number of factors, such as the amount of polynucleotide constructs administered per dose, as well as the health and history of the subject. The precise amount, number of doses, and timing of doses will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian.
[0177] Direct administration of a DNA constract coding for a compound of the invention can be suitably accomplished for expression of the fusion compound within cells of the subject. Also, rather than directly administering nucleic acids coding for a compound of the invention to a subject, host compatible cells into which such nucleic acids have been introduced may be administered to the subject. Upon administration to a subject, such engineered cells can then express in vivo the compound ofthe invention. Such engineered cells can be administered to a subject to induce an immune response or alternatively to suppress an immune response, as disclosed herein.
[0178] A treatment method for suppression of an immune response provides for administration of a compound of the invention in which the peptide is a TCR antagonist or partial agonist. See Sette et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12:413-431 (1994)). Peptides that are TCR antagonists or partial agonists can be readily identified and selected by the in vitro protocols identified above. A compound ofthe invention that contains a peptide that is a TCR antagonist or partial agonist is particularly prefened for treatment of allergies and autoimmune diseases.
[0179] Irnmunosuppressive therapies of the invention also may be used in combination with other known irnmunosuppressive agents such as anti- inflammatory drags to provide a more effective treatment of a T cell-mediated disorder. For example, other irnmunosuppressive agents useful in conjunction with the compounds of the invention include anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids and nonsteroidal drags.
[0180] The invention also provides methods for invoking an immune response in a mammal such as a human, including vaccinating a mammal with a compound or composition described herein.
[0181] The compounds of the invention are useful for raising an immune response and treating hyperproliferative disorders. Examples of hyperproliferative disorders that can be treated by the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to neoplasms located in the: abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic, and urogenital.
[0182] Similarly, other hyperproliferative disorders can also be treated by the compounds of the invention. Examples of such hyperproliferative disorders include, but are not limited to: hypergammaglobulinemia, lymphoproliferative disorders, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's Macroglobulinemia, Gaucher's Disease, histiocytosis, and any other hyperproliferative disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organ system listed above.
[0183] The compounds of the present invention are also useful for raising an immune response against infectious agents. Viruses are one example of an infectious agent that can cause disease or symptoms that can be treated by the compounds ofthe invention. Examples of viruses, include, but are not limited to the following DNA and RNA viral families: Arboviras, Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Arterivirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae (hepatitis), Herpesviridae (such as, Cytomegaloviras, Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegaviras (e.g., Paramyxoviridae, Morbillivirus, Rhabdoviridae), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., Influenza), Papovaviridae, Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxviridae (such as Smallpox or Vaccinia), Reoviridae (e.g., Rotaviras), Retroviridae (HTLV-I, HTLV-II, Lentiviras), and Togaviridae (e.g., Rubiviras). Virases falling within these families can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to: arthritis, bronchiollitis, encephalitis, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis), chronic fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (A, B, C, E, Chronic Active, Delta), meningitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS), pneumonia, Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemonhagic fever, measles, mumps, parainfluenza, rabies, the common cold, Polio, leukemia, Rubella, sexually transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., Kaposi's, warts), and viremia. Similarly, bacterial or fungal agents that can cause disease or symptoms and that can be treated by the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following Gram-Negative and Gram-positive bacterial families and fungi: Actinomycetales (e.g., Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Norcardia), Aspergillosis, Bacillaceae (e.g., Anthrax, Clostridium), Bacteroidaceae, Blastomycosis, Bordetella, Bonelia, Brucellosis, Candidiasis, Campylobacter, Coccidioidomycosis,
Cryptococcosis, Dermatocycoses, Enterobacteriaceae (Klebsiella, Salmonella, Senatia, Yersinia), Erysipelothrix, Helicobacter, Legionellosis, Leptospirosis, Listeria, Mycoplasmatales, Neisseriaceae (e.g., Acinetobacter, Gononhea, Menigococcal), Pasteurellacea Infections (e.g., Actinobacillus, Heamophilus, Pasteurella), Pseudomonas, Rickettsiaceae, Chlamydiaceae, Syphilis, and Staphylococcal. These bacterial or fungal families can cause the following diseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to: bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, Reiter's Disease, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease, Cat-Scratch Disease, Dysentery, Paratyphoid Fever, food poisoning, Typhoid, pneumonia, Gononhea, meningitis, Chlamydia, Syphilis, Diphtheria, Leprosy, Paratuberculosis, Tuberculosis, Lupus, Botulism, gangrene, tetanus, impetigo, Rheumatic Fever, Scarlet Fever, sexually transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., cellulitis, dermatocycoses), toxemia, urinary tract infections, wound infections.
[0185] Moreover, parasitic agents causing disease or symptoms that can be treated by the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following families: amebiasis, babesiosis, coccidiosis, cryptosporidiosis, dientamoebiasis, dourine, ectoparasitic, giardiasis, helminthiasis, leishmaniasis, theileriasis, toxoplasmosis, trypanosomiasis, and trichomonas.
[0186] Additionally, the compounds of the invention are useful for treating autoimmune diseases. An autoimmune disease is characterized by the attack by the immune system on the tissues of the victim. In autoimmune diseases, the recognition of tissues as "self apparently does not occur, and the tissue of the afflicted subject is treated as an invader~i.e., the immune system sets about destroying this presumed foreign target. The compounds of the present invention are therefor useful for treating autoimmune diseases by desensitizing the immune system to these self antigens by provided a TCR signal to T cells without a costimulatory signal or with an inhibitory signal.
[0187] Examples of autoimmune diseases which may be treated using the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to Addison's Disease, hemolytic anemia, antiphospholipid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, glomeralonephritis, Goodpasture's Syndrome, Graves' Disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, neuritis, ophthalmia, bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus, polyendocrinopathies, purpura, Reiter's Disease, Stiff-Man Syndrome, autoimmune thyroiditis, systemic lupus erythematosus, autoimmune pulmonary inflammation, Guillain-Bane Syndrome, insulin dependent diabetes mellitis, autoimmune inflammatory eye disease, autoimmune hemolysis, psoriasis, juvenile diabetes, primary idiopathic myxedema, autoimmune asthma, scleroderma, chronic hepatitis, hypogonadism, pernicious anemia, vitiligo, alopecia areata, Coeliac disease, autoimmune enteropathy syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytic purpura, acquired splenic atrophy, idiopathic diabetes insipidus, infertility due to antispermatazoan antibodies, sudden hearing loss, sensoneural hearing loss, polymyositis, autoimmune demyelinating diseases, traverse myelitis, ataxic sclerosis, progressive systemic sclerosis, dermatomyositis, polyarteritis nodosa, idiopathic facial paralysis, cryoglobulinemia, inflammatory bowel diseases, Hashimoto's disease, adrenalitis, hypoparathyroidism, and ulcerative colitis.
[0188] Similarly, allergic reactions and conditions, such as asthma
(particularly allergic asthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be treated by compounds of the invention. Moreover, the compounds of the invention can be used to treat anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group incompatibility.
[0189] The compounds of the invention may also be used to treat and/or prevent organ rejection or graft-versus-host disease (GVHD). Organ rejection occurs by host immune cell destruction of the transplanted tissue through an immune response. Similarly, an immune response is also involved in GVHD, but, in this case, the foreign transplanted immune cells destroy the host tissues. The administration of the compounds of the invention that inhibit an immune response may be an effective therapy in preventing organ rejection or GVHD.
[0190] The compounds of the invention which can inhibit an immune response are also useful for treating and/or preventing atherosclerosis; olitis; regional enteritis; adult respiratory distress syndrome; local manifestations of drag reactions, such as dermatitis, etc.; inflammation-associated or allergic reaction patterns of the skin; atopic dermatitis and infantile eczema; contact dermatitis; psoriasis; lichen planus; allergic enteropathies; allergic rhinitis; bronchial asthma; hypersensitivity or destructive responses to infectious agents; poststreptococcal diseases, e.g. cardiac manifestations of rheumatic fever, and the like.
[0191] EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1
Anti-tumor antibody-MIC-A or B or ULBP conjugates or fusion proteins
[0192] Targeting a high density of MHC class I-related molecule such as
MIC-A or -B, ULBP or CDld on the surface of tumor cells will activate different effector cells such as NK, NKT, or T cells and induce them to kill target tumor cells.
[0193] It has previously been shown experimentally and clinically that radiolabeled or fluorescent labeled mAbs directed against TAA can be specifically targeted in vivo on tumor cells (Delaloye et al, J. Clin. Invest. 77:301 (1986); and Folli et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:7973 (1992)). Thus our general strategy will be to couple monomorphic MHC class I-related proteins to anti-TAA mAbs or fragments of mAbs in order to target them on tumor cells. The interest of the proposed strategy is that it will take advantage of both the efficient targeting properties of high affinity anti-TAA mAbs and the powerful and rapid activation of effector cells known to play an essential role in innate immunity.
[0194] A combined strategy of tumor targeting has been developed, using monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) specific for a tumor-associated antigen (TAA), which are coupled to a soluble classical MHC class I molecule loaded with a highly antigenic viral peptide specific for cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL). Thus, the CTL are activated and selectively kill the targeted cancer cells.
[0195] In a first approach, they have developed tetramers of HLA-A2 loaded with the immunodominant Flu-MA peptide and coupled to either one of 3 different Fab' fragments from mAbs specific for TAA (anti-CEA, anti-ErbB-2 or anti-CD20). It was demonstrated that tumor expressing the relevant TAA were rendered susceptible to efficient lysis by Flu-Ma peptide specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes (Robert et al, Eur. J. Immunol. 50:3165 (2000)). [0196] In a second step, the inventors have demonstrated that also monomers of Fab-HLA-A2/Flu-peptide conjugates are active, but only when they reach their target and are oligomerized on the surface of the tumor cells (Robert et al, Cancer Immunity (2001)). This property presents several advantages to the multimerized conjugates also developed by others (Ogg et al, Br. J. Cancer 52:1058 (2000); Savage et al, Int. J. Cancer 98:561 (2002)). First, monomers do not induce significant activation in solution and hence can be injected in larger amounts without side effects. Second, technically, it is easier to produce monomeric forms of conjugates or fusion proteins in amounts necessary for patient treatment (see PCT/USOl/17184, WO 01/90198).
[0197] One limitation of MHC class 1/ peptide complexes are their polymorphism, which means that a large pool of conjugates should be developed to be able to treat the great majority of patients. That is the reason why in the present invention, we are introducing the so-called non- polymorphic MHC class I related molecules. They differ from MHC class I molecules, not only because they are non-polymorphic, but also because they contain, either no antigenic peptide for the MIC-A/B or ULBP molecules, or a glycolipid antigen for the CDld molecules. In addition, these class I related molecules activate other types of effector cells belonging to the innate immune response, namely NK and NKT cells.
[0198] Among the first monomorphic class I related molecules, which have been described, are the MIC-A and -B, which have a high degree of homology between each other (84%) (Bauer et al, Science 285:121 (1999); Li et al, Immunity 10:511 (1999)). Contrary to the classical MHC class I molecules which form an heterodimer between the heavy chain and the B-2 microglobulin, the MIC-A and -B consist of a single heavy chain, which has only a low degree of homology with the heavy chain of classical MHC class I (about 30%)) (Cosman et al, Immunity 14:123 (2001)).
[0199] The crystal structure of MIC-A has been recently established (Li et al,
Immunity 10:511 (1999)). It revealed a dramatically altered MHC class I fold, both in detail and overall domain organization. There is only a remnant of a 61 -
peptide binding groove and a loss of B-2 microglobulin binding site. The expression of MIC-A and -B protein is essentially restricted to gut epithelium and the conesponding genes appear to be under the control of a heat-shock promoter element. Thus, the expression of MIC-A can be induced on the epithelial cells by various stresses, including viral infection and malignant transformation (Groh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:6879 (1999)).
[0200] One of the major biological properties of MIC-A and -B is to bind specifically to the NKG2D activating receptor present on NK cells, as well as on CD8 T cells expressing also, either the y-8 or the a-B antigen receptor. Through this binding to NKG2D receptor, the MIC-A and -B can act as a natural antigen and activate NK and T cells and induce them to kill the epithelial cells overexpressing the MIC proteins. This activation of effector cells is more rapid than the system of acquired immunity and represents a first line of defense belonging to the innate immunity (Groh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:6879 (1999)).
[0201] ULBPs are a different group of monomorphic MHC class I related proteins, which are GPI- anchored and have only 25 % amino acid sequence homology with classical MHC class I molecules and also a low sequence homology with MIC-A or-B (23%) (Cosman et al., Immunity 14:123 (2001)). The ULBPs are overexpressed in cells infected with the human cytomegaloviras (HCMV) and they share with MIC-A and -B the property of binding the activating NKG2D receptor. Thus, human cells infected with HCMV through overexpression of ULBPs can stimulate cytokine and chemokine production by NK cells and confer susceptibility to NK cells cytotoxicity (Cosman et al., Immunity 14:123 (2001)). In the present strategy, ULBPs conjugated to antibodies are used as ligands for NKG2D receptor and are targeted on tumor cells independently of HCMV infection.
[0202] The CD1 family represents another non-polymorphic lineage of class I related antigen-presenting molecules. Some T cells recognize bacterial and self-glycolipids associated with GDI molecules (Porcelli et al., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 17:297 (1999); Shamshiev et al, Eur. J. Immunol. 29:1667 (1999); Park and Bendelac, Nature 406:788 (2000); and Matsuda and Kronenberg, Cun. Opin. Immunol. 13:19 (2001)). Five CDl monomorphic isoforms have been identified (CDl a, b, c, d and e), which have a high degree of homology among themselves and a lower degree of homology with the classical MHC class I molecules (almost no homology on alpha-1 and up to 35%> on alpha-2 and alpha-3 domains). Despite low sequence homology, the resolution of the crystal structure of mouse CDld revealed a folding similar to MHC class I (Zeng et al., Science 277:339 (1997)). The major difference resides in the antigen binding groove which is composed of only two very hydrophobic and deep pockets, that are likely to accomodate the lipidic tail ofthe antigen, while presenting the carbohydrate part to the T cell receptor. Numerous reports have described foreign and self-glycolipid presentation by CDl molecules in bacterial infections and autoimmunity and their role in innate as well as acquired imunity has been established (Shamshiev et al., Eur. J. hnmunol. 29:1667 (1999); Park and Bendelac, Nature 406:788 (2000); and Matsuda and Kronenberg, Cun. Opin. hnmunol. 13:19 (2001)). Of importance for the present invention, the CDld molecule has been broadly associated with anti-tumor immunity (Wilson et al, Trends Mol. Med. 8:225 (2002); and Brutkiewicz et al., Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematol. 41:287 (2002)). Several other characteristics have drawn much attention on CDld in the past few years which makes this molecule very attractive for our strategy. First, CD Id-restricted T cells are characterized both in mice and humans by a highly restricted TCR repertoire and expression of some NK markers (CDl 61, NKG2d). They were therefore called NKT cells and are considered as part of innate immunity (Bendelac et al., Science 268:863 (1995)). Second, NKT cells have an unsual ability of secreting both Thl and Th2 cytokines and their role in inflammation, autoimmunity and tumor immunity is being extensively investigated (Bendelac et al., Science 268:863 (1995); Chen and Paul, J,. Immunol. 159:2240 (1997); and Exley et al., J. Exp. Med. 186:109 (1997)). Last, the natural ligands of CDld are still largely unknown but a high affinity ligand and potent activator of NKT cells has been isolated from an extract of a marine sponge known in Japanese medicine to have antimetastatic effects. This glycoshingolipid absent in mammal tissues was characterized as alpha- galactosylceramide (alpha-GalCer) and has been used both in vitro and in vivo in various tumor models. It was confirmed that alpha-GalCer antimetastatic activity is mediated by CD Id-restricted NKT cells (Wilson et al., Trends Mol. Med. 8:225 (2002); and Brutkiewicz et al., Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematol. 41:287 (2002)).
[0204] a) Chemical conjugate. MIC-A or -B or ULBP molecules are produced in bacteria or in an eukaryotic cells with a mutation introducing a cysteine at the C-terminus, as described for HLA-A2 by Robert et al. (Robert et al., Cancer Immunity (2001)). Then, the free SH group on the cysteine is saturated with an excess of bismaleimide coupling reagent. After elimination of the excess bis-maleimide, the maleimide derivatized MIC-A/B or ULBP is chemically coupled to the free SH groups of the cysteines from the Fab' fragments of a high affinity mAb anti-TAA, as described (Robert et al., Cancer Immunity (2001)) .
[0205] b) Fusion protein. The genes encoding MIC-A or -B, or ULBP are fused to the genes encoding either a single chain antibody fragment or a Fab fragment directed against a human TAA. The genes are fused so that the synthesis starts either at the N-terminus of the MIC-A/B or ULBP and continues with the antibody fragment or at the N-terminus of the antibody fragment and be followed by the MIC-A B or ULBP.
[0206] In both cases, a semi-rigid amino-acid spacer sequence is placed between the two molecules to avoid steric hindrance. The best form of fusion protein is selected by in vitro testing. For these tests the different fusion proteins are incubated on 51Cr-labeled target tumor cells bearing the relevant, TAA and different amounts of NK cells are added. The conjugate, which induces the most efficient lysis, as determined by 51Cr release is selected.
[0207] c) In vivo evaluation of the conjugate or fusion proteins. The conjugates or fusion proteins which gave the best in vitro results in the 51Cr release assay are then tested in vivo first in experimental animal models and subsequently in tumor bearing patients. [0208] The experimental animal bearing a tumor known to express the relevant TAA are injected i.v. with increasing amounts of antibody-MIC-A/-B or ULBP conjugates or fusion proteins. One or two days after injection of the conjugate or fusion proteins, the animal or the patients are treated with a cytokine or chemokine such as interferon- gamma or IL-12 or IL-2, known to stimulate NK cells activity. The tumor size is monitored to verify that the tumor cells, which have been targeted with an optimal dose of conjugates or fusion proteins, are selectively killed by NK cells.
EXAMPLE 2
Anti-tumor antibody CDld conjugates or fusion proteins
[0209] a) Chemical coupling. Recombinant soluble human CDld are produced in eukaryotic cells with a mutation at the C-terminus introducing a single cysteine residue. After derivation of the free cysteine with an excess of bis-maleimide and elimination of the excess of free bis-maleimide, the maleimide derivatized CDld is coupled to the free SH group of eysteines from an Fab' fragment of a high affinity anti-TAA mAb, as described previously (Robert et al., Cancer Immunity (2001)).
[0210] b) Fusion protein. The cDNA of soluble CDld protein is fused to the sequences encoding scFv or Fab fragment from a high affinity anti-TAA mAb. Two types of fusions will be made so that either the CD-Id will be expressed at the N-terminus, followed by the antibody fragment or the opposite. In both cases, a semi-rigid amino-acid spacer sequence is placed between the antibody fragment and the CDld molecule to avoid steric hindrance. The most active form of fusion protein is selected in vitro on target cancer cells expressing the relevant TAA, as described in Example lb, except that the CDld in the fusion protein is loaded with alpha-galactosylceramide and that NKT cells are used as effector cells instead of NK cells. [0211] c) In vivo evaluation of the conjugate or fusion protein. The conjugate or fusion proteins which gave the best in vitro results are tested in vivo, first in tumor bearing experimental animals and subsequently in patients, as described in example lc, except that the antibody fragment-CDld conjugate or fusion protein is loaded with alpha-galactosylceramide or with different activating glycolipids.
[0212] Alternatively, the antibody-CDld conjugate or fusion protein is injected without alpha-galactosylceramide or glycolipids, in order that the CDld molecules, targeted on tumor cells, become progressively loaded with endogenous glycolipids.
[0213] A third strategy is evaluated in vivo in experimental animals. It consists of the injection in a first step of alpha-galactosylceramide in order to stimulate activation and proliferation of NKT cells, followed in a second step 8 to 24 hours later, by the injection of the antibody-CDld conjugate.
EXAMPLE 3
Anti-neoangiogenesis antibody-MHC class I related conjugates or fusion proteins
[0214] It is now broadly accepted that neoangiogenesis represents an essential condition for tumor development and growth. Thus, one application of our strategy consists in antibody targeting of monomorphic MHC class I related protein such as MIC-A/B, ULCBPs or CDld molecules in the neovessels. The presence of monomorphic MHC class I related molecules in the neovessels will focus NK and NKT cells activity in the tumor area. The activation of NK and NKT cells in the tumor neovessels have three beneficial effects: 1) It increases inflammation in the tumor area and enhances anti-tumor immune response by recruitment of antigen presenting cells and T lymphocytes through local secretion of cytokines and interleukins; 2) It has a direct cytotoxic effect against endothelial cells from tumor neovessels and thus decreases blood flow in the tumor and 3) The increased secretion of TNF and other cytokines by macrophages ultimately induce the collapse of the tumor neovasculature.
[0215] Numerous mAbs directed against antigens associated with tumor neovessels have been described, such as mAbs against avB3 integrins, TNF receptors, platelet derived growth factor receptor, or the ED-B oncofoetal domain of fibronection (Halin et al, Nat. Biotechnol. 20:2264 (2002)) and many others (for review, Nature Biotechnol. 17:963) and are be used in this strategy of tumor treatment.
[0216] b) Chemical coupling and fusion between mAbs against neoangiogenesis antigens and monomorphic MHC class I related proteins. The synthesis of chemical conjugates and fusion proteins between the mAbs anti- neoangiogenesis antigens and the MICA-A/B, ULBPs or CDld is performed as described in Examples 1 and 2, paragraph a) and b).
[0217] c) In vitro evaluation of the conjugates or fusion proteins on endothelial cells. The effect of the different conjugates or fusion proteins is tested on human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC), or on tumor cell lines expressing neoangiogenesis antigens in the presence of either NK or NKT cells. The target cells are 51Cr-labeled and their lysis by effector cells is measured in presence or absence of conjugate or fusion protein as described for tumor target cells in Examples 1 and 2, c). Alternatively, the degree of activation of NK or NKT cells in presence of target cells coated or not with the conjugates or fusion proteins is evaluated by measurement ofthe release of cytokines or interleukins such as IFN-gamma or IL4 by NK or NKT cells.
[0218] d) In vivo evaluation of conjugates or fusion proteins on tumor bearing experimental animals. The effect of intravenous injection of conjugates or fusion proteins on tumor growth is evaluated in tumor bearing mice. Furthermore the tumor vascular parameters, such as blood flow, blood volume and vascular permeability is analyzed during conjugate or fusion protein treatment, as previously described for TNF treatment (Folli et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:7973 (1992)). EXAMPLE 4
Construction of IgG- Avidin fusion protein complexed with soluble CDld
[0219] An antibody fusion molecule is formed that contains either all (IgG- avidin), or a portion (F(ab)-avidin and F(ab')2-avidin) of an antibody molecule fused in frame with the chicken avidin open reading frame. The chimeric Ig Heavy chain-avidin along with the complementing Ig Light Chain are produced in Drosophila cells in three steps. In step one, PCR is used to create the cloning cassette for VH, including appropriate regions preceded by a signal sequence (SS) for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site, h step two, PCR is used to amplify the avidin gene. Finally, in step three, restriction digestion is used at the Kpnl site followed by ligation to combine the two fragments. The IgGl and avidin proteins are separated by a 12 amino acid linker.
[0220] The extracellular portion of CDld along with β2-microglobulin (β2M) is produced separately in Drosophila. The CDld/B2M molecule is biotinylated, incubated with the Ig- Avidin fusion protein and purified.
[0221] 1. Construction of VH cassette. Standard PCR is used to amplify the relevant portions of IgG with a pre-configured VH insertion site from a previously described template. The PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure. Specifically, an IgGl construct that allows for insertion of a variable gene of interest through BssHI and BstEII restriction sites has been generated (U.S. Appl. Publ. No. 2003/0104402, published June 5, 2003). This constract is available as template for PCR using the following primers:
[0222] For the F(ab) fragment: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGC
AAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:3) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACC TGACCCACCGCCTCCTTTCTTGTCCACCTTGGTGTT 3' (SEQ ID NO:4) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined.).
[0223] For the (Fab'2) fragment: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGC
AAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:5) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACC TGACCCACCGCCTCCTGGGCACGGTGGGCATGTGTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:6) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0224] For full IgGl: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGCAAACCATGGG
ATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:7) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCC TTTACCCGGAGACAGGGAGAG 3' (SEQ ID NO:8) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0225] hi other embodiments, the CHI region derives from other immunoglobulin isotypes, including IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD or IgE. Particularly prefened is the longer and more flexible IgG3 hinge region.
[0226] 2. Construction of Chick Avidin. The fragment containing the mature avidin polypeptide (minus the signal sequence) is generated by standard PCR using plasmid DNA as template and the following primers: (1) Sense 5' CGGGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGCCAGAAAGTGCTCGC 3 ' (SEQ ID NO: 9) (linker is in bold; Kpnl restriction site is bolded and underlined); and (14) Anti-sense 5' - CGACCGGT
CTCCTTCTGTGTGCGCAGGC - 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10) (Agel restriction site is in bold). The PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure.
[0227] 3. Assembled product. The above fragments "1" and "2" are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The complete gene is designed for insertion in frame with a C terminal 6-His tag into the Drosophila expression vector pMT/V5-His (Invitrogen). This strategy is not limited to the use of this vector or a drosophila expression system. Specifically, the use of other expression vectors simply requires re-engineering of the restriction digestion sites flanking the complete constract (Notl and Agel). The nucleotide and protein sequences of each constract below are shown without an inserted VH-gene. Any given VH-gene can be inserted between the BssHII (bold) and BstEU (dashed underline) sites. [0228] The final sequence is for the F(ab) constract is: GCGGCCGCAAACC
ATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTAGCAACAGCTACAG GCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCCACCAAGGGCCCATC GGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCACCTCTGGGGGCACA GCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTTCCCCGAACCGGTGA CGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGCGGCGTGCACACCTT CCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTC GTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCAGACCTACATCTGCA ACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGTGGACAAGAAAGGA GGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGCCAGAAAGT GCTCGCTGACTGGGAAATGGACCAACGATCTGGGCTCCAACATGAC CATCGGGGCTGTGAACAGCAGAGGTGAATTCACAGGCACCTACAT CACAGCCGTAACAGCCACATCAAATGAGATCAAAGAGTCACCACT GCATGGGACACAAAACACCATCAACAAGAGGACCCAGCCCACCTT TGGCTTCACCGTCAATTGGAAGTTTTCAGAGTCCACCACTGTCTTCA CGGGCCAGTGCTTCATAGACAGGAATGGGAAGGAGGTCCTGAAGA CCATGTGGCTGCTGCGGTCAAGTGTTAATGACATTGGTGATGACTG GAAAGCTACCAGGGTCGGCATCAACATCTTCACTCGCCTGCGCACA CAGAAGGAGACCGGTC4rC_4rC4CC4rC4CC4_TGA (SEQ ID NO: 11) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; italics and underlined: 6-His tag).
[0229] The F(ab) constract polypeptide sequence is:
MGWSCΠLFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA
LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSWTVP
SSSLGTOTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKGGGGSGTGGGGSARKCSLTGK
WTNDLGSNMTIGAVNSRGEFTGTYITAVTATSNEIKESPLHGTQNTINK
RTQPTFGFTVNWKFSESTTVFTGQCFIDRNGKEVLKTMWLLRSSVNDI
GDDWKATRVGINIFTRLRTOKETGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 12). THE variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest ofthe bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion ofthe variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined.
[0230] The F(ab'2) construct nucleotide sequence is: GCGGCCGCAAACC
ATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTAGCAACAGCTACAG GCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCCACCAAGGGCCCATC GGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCACCTCTGGGGGCACA GCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTTCCCCGAACCGGTGA CGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGCGGCGTGCACACCTT CCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTC GTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCAGACCTACATCTGCA ACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGTGGACAAGAAAGTTG AGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACACATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGG AGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGCCAGAAA GTGCTCGCTGACTGGGAAATGGACCAACGATCTGGGCTCCAACATG ACCATCGGGGCTGTGAACAGCAGAGGTGAATTCACAGGCACCTAC ATCACAGCCGTAACAGCCACATCAAATGAGATCAAAGAGTCACCA CTGCATGGGACACAAAACACCATCAACAAGAGGACCCAGCCCACC TTTGGCTTCACCGTCAATTGGAAGTTTTCAGAGTCCACCACTGTCTT CACGGGCCAGTGCTTCATAGACAGGAATGGGAAGGAGGTCCTGAA GACCATGTGGCTGCTGCGGTCAAGTGTTAATGACATTGGTGATGAC TGGAAAGCTACCAGGGTCGGCATCAACATCTTCACTCGCCTGCGCA CACAGAAGGAGACCGGTCATCATCACCATCACCATTGA (SEQ ID NO: 13) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: BamHI restriction site.)
[0231] The F(ab'2) constract polypeptide sequence is:
MGWSCΠLFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA
LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSWTVP
SSSLGTOTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPGGGGSG
TGGGGSARKCSLTGKWTNDLGSNMTIGAVNSRGEFTGTYITAVTATS
NEIKESPLHGTQNTINKRTQPTFGFTVNWKFSESTTVFTGQCFIDRNGK EVLKTMWLLRSSVNDIGDDWKATRVGINiETRLRTOKETGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 14). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest ofthe bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined. The full IgGl constract nucleotide sequence is: GCGGCCGCAAACC
ATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTAGCAACAGCTACAG GCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCCACCAAGGGCCCATC GGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCACCTCTGGGGGCACA GCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTTCCCCGAACCGGTGA CGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGCGGCGTGCACACCTT CCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTC GTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCAGACCTACATCTGCA ACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGTGGACAAGAAAGTTG AGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACACATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGC ACCTGAACTCCTGGGGGGACCGTCAGTCTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAA CCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCG TGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACT GGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGC GGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTCA CCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCA AGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTC CAAAGCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACCACAGGTGTACACCCTGCC CCCATCCCGGGATGAGCTGACCAAGAACCAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGC CTGGTCAAAGGCTTCTATCCCAGCGACATCGCCGTGGAGTGGGAGA GCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAACAACTACAAGACCACGCCTCCCGTGC TGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTCTACAGCAAGCTCACCGTGGA CAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTCTCATGCTCCGTGATG CATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGCAGAAGAGCCTCTCCCTGT CTCCGGGTAAAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGG GTCAGCCAGAAAGTGCTCGCTGACTGGGAAATGGACCAACGATCT GGGCTCCAACATGACCATCGGGGCTGTGAACAGCAGAGGTGAATT CACAGGCACCTACATCACAGCCGTAACAGCCACATCAAATGAGAT CAAAGAGTCACCACTGCATGGGACACAAAACACCATCAACAAGAG GACCCAGCCCACCTTTGGCTTCACCGTCAATTGGAAGTTTTCAGAG TCCACCACTGTCTTCACGGGCCAGTGCTTCATAGACAGGAATGGGA AGGAGGTCCTGAAGACCATGTGGCTGCTGCGGTCAAGTGTTAATGA CATTGGTGATGACTGGAAAGCTACCAGGGTCGGCATCAACATCTTC ACTCGCCTGCGCACACAGAAGGAGACCGGTC4-"C4i"C4CC4rC4CC,4 7 GA (SEQ ID NO:15) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: BamHI restriction site). The full IgGl construct polypeptide sequence is:
MGWSCΠLFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA
LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSWTVP
SSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGG
PSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH
NAKTKPRØEQYNSTYR SVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPI
EKTISKAKGQPREPQNYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLNKGFYPSDIANE
WESΝGQPEΝΝYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGΝVFSCSV
MHEALHΝHYTOKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGTGGGGSARKCSLTGKWTΝD
LGSΝMTIGAVΝSRGEFTGTYITAVTATSΝEIKESPLHGTQΝTIΝKRTQP
TFGFTVΝWKFSESTTVFTGQCFIDRΝGKEVLKTMWLLRSSVΝDIGDD
WKATRVGIΝIFTRLRTQKETGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 16). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined. EXAMPLE 5
Chimeric kappa L chain-avidin
[0234] Employing the same strategy described above for fusion products with immunoglobulin heavy chain or heavy chain fragments, a chimeric kappa L chain is coupled in frame with avidin. Assembly takes place in a three-step process. In step one, PCR is employed to create the CL region preceded by a signal sequence for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site. The kappa light chain constant region (CK) is PCR amplified from a previously described plasmid template with a pre-configured VL insertion site that allows for directional cloning of any immunoglobulin light chain variable region gene of interest at ApaLI and Xhol restriction sites (US20020123057, published Sept 5, 2002). In step two the avidin gene preceded by the linker with a Kpnl restriction site is amplified exactly as described above for heavy chain fusion products. Finally in step three the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification ofthe immunoglobulin light chain with either kappa or lambda light chain constant regions will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLE 6
N terminal fusion proteins
[0235] Employing strategies similar to those described above, chimeric molecules are constructed where avidin is fused in frame with the amino terminus of the immunoglobulin heavy or light chain. These molecules are assembled in a 3 step process. In step 1, avidin, including the signal sequence, is PCR amplified from a plasmid template. This PCR modification adds a Notl site at the 5' end, and a portion ofthe gly,ser linker and a KPNI site at the 3' end. In step 2, the entire immunoglobulin heavy chain or light chain genes (variable and constant domains, or constant domain with restriction endonuclease sites for the insertion of a V gene), without the signal sequence, is PCR amplified. This PCR modification adds a portion of the gly,ser linker and a Kpnl site at the 5' end, and an Agel site at the 3' end. Finally, in step three, the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of these genes and the construction of these molecules will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLE 7
Construction of extracellular Domain of CDld
[0236] 1. Addition of Biotinylation Sequence to pMT/N5-His. The pMT/N5-
His vector (Invitrogen) is a Drosophila expression vector. The purpose of this step is to modify this vector so that it contains a biotinylation sequence (BirA recognition sequence) in frame with a 6-His Tag at the C terminus. This allows for cloning of polypeptides of interest in frame with the BirA sequence and the 6-His Tag: (1) BirA Sense: 5'CCGGTggtggcggtctgaac gacatcttcgaggctcagaaaatcgaatggcacgaaT (SEQ ID NO: 17); and (2) BirA Antisense: 5' CCGGAttcgtgccattcgattttctgagcctcgaagatgtcgttcagaccgccaccA (SEQ ID NO: 18).
[0237] These 2 oligonucleotides are annealed together in vitro to create a double stranded oligo that contains an AGEI sticky end (bold) at both ends. This double stranded oligo is cloned into the Agel site of pMT/V5-His, creating pMT/N5-BirA-His. The 3' AGEI site is destroyed by this cloning reaction, leaving a single AGEI site upstream and in frame with the BirA sequence.
[0238] 2. Extracellular Domain of CDld. Plasmid DΝA or cDΝA isolated from human bone manow or spleen is used as a source of CDld mRΝA. The extracellular domain of CDld is PCR amplified using the primers: (El sense): CACGGTACCGATATGGGGTGCCTGCTGTTTCTGC (SEQ ID ΝO:19) (KPNI site is underlined); and (El antisense): CAGACCGGT CCAGTAGAGGACGATGTCCTG (SEQ ID NO:20) Age I site is underlined.
[0239] The CDld extracellular product is digested with Kpn I and Age I and cloned into the Kpnl and Agel sites of pMT/N5-BirA-His A vector (E.l). The C terminus of CDld is in frame with the BirA sequence and the 6 His tag encoded by the vector, and contains an additional Thr and Gly that are encoded by the 5' Agel site, and a Ser and Gly encoded by the 3' Agel site.
[0240] The final sequence is: GGTACCGAT
ATGGGGTGCCTGCTGTTTCTGCTGCTCTGGGCGCTCCTCCAGGCTTG GGGAAGCGCTGAAGTCCCGCAAAGGCTTTTCCCCCTCCGCTGCCTC CAGATCTCGTCCTTCGCCAATAGCAGCTGGACGCGCACCGACGGCT TGGCGTGGCTGGGGGAGCTGCAGACGCACAGCTGGAGCAACGACT CGGACACCGTCCGCTCTCTGAAGCCTTGGTCCCAGGGCACGTTCAG CGACCAGCAGTGGGAGACGCTGCAGCATATATTTCGGGTTTATCGA AGCAGCTTCACCAGGGACGTGAAGGAATTCGCCAAAATGCTACGC TTATCCTATCCCTTGGAGCTCCAGGTGTCCGCTGGCTGTGAGGTGC ACCCTGGGAACGCCTCAAATAACTTCTTCCATGTAGCATTTCAAGG AAAAGATATCCTGAGTTTCCAAGGAACTTCTTGGGAGCCAACCCAA GAGGCCCCACTTTGGGTAAACTTGGCCATTCAAGTGCTCAACCAGG ACAAGTGGACGAGGGAAACAGTGCAGTGGCTCCTTAATGGCACCT GCCCCCAATTTGTCAGTGGCCTCCTTGAGTCAGGGAAGTCGGAACT GAAGAAGCAAGTGAAGCCCAAGGCCTGGCTGTCCCGTGGCCCCAG TCCTGGCCCTGGCCGTCTGCTGCTGGTGTGCCATGTCTCAGGATTCT ACCCAAAGCCTGTATGGGTGAAGTGGATGCGGGGTGAGCAGGAGC AGCAGGGCACTCAGCCAGGGGACATCCTGCCCAATGCTGACGAGA CATGGTATCTCCGAGCAACCCTGGATGTGGTGGCTGGGGAGGCAGC TGGCCTGTCCTGTCGGGTGAAGCACAGCAGTCTAGAGGGCCAGGA CATCGTCCTCTACTGGACCGGTGGTGGCGGTCTGAACGACATCTT CGAGGCTCAGAAAATCGAATGGCACGAATCCGGTC4rC4rC4CC4 TCACCATTGA (SEQ ID ΝO:21) (single underline: KPNI site; double underline: Signal Sequence; wavy Underline: 5' Agel site; bold: BirA sequence; dashed underline: 3' Agel site; italics: 6 His Tag). [0241] The translated polypeptide sequence is:
MGCLLFLLLWALLOAWGSAEVPORLFPLRCLOISSFANSSWTRTDGLA WLGELQTHSWSNDSDTVRSLKPWSQGTFSDQQWETLQHIFRVYRSSF TRDVKEFAKMLRLSYPLELQVSAGCEVHPGNASNNFFHVAFQGKDILS FQGTSWEPTQEAPLWVNLAIQVLNQDKWTRETVQWLLNGTCPQFVS GLLESGKSELKKQVKPKAWLSRGPSPGPGRLLLVCHVSGFYPKPVWV KWMRGEQEQQGTQPGDILPNADETWYLRATLDVVAGEAAGLSCRVK HSSLEGQDIVLYWTGGGGLNDIFEAQKIEWHE.SGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO:22).
EXAMPLE 8
Construction of β2 microglobulin
[0242] The fragment encoding the entire open reading frame of β2- microglobulin is generated by standard PCR using plasmid DNA as template. This fragment is cloned into a Drosophila expression vector such as pMT/V5- Ηis. Cloning is designed so that there is not a 6-Ηis Tag at the C terminal. This is easily accomplished by incorporating a "Stop" codon in the antisense primer immediately following the β2-microglobulin open reading frame. Methods to accomplish this construction are well known to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLE 9
Production and purification ofthe chimeric antibody-avidin / CDld-β2- microglobulin complex
[0243] Production of the antibody-avidin CDld-β2-microglobulin complex is accomplished in 2 steps, h the first step, Drosophila S2 cells are transfected with the constracts encoding the chimeric antibody-avidin and the antibody light chain gene. High expressing clones are selected. At the same time a different aliquot of S2 cells is transfected with the CDld construct and a construct encoding B2M and clones expressing high levels of the CDld-β2- microglobulin complex are isolated.
[0244] A. Generation of Drosophila S2 cells stably transfected and producing antibody-avidin. Drosophila S2 cells are triply transfected with plasmids that encode 1) antibody-avidin (full IgG, F(ab), or F(ab')2; 2) antibody light chain; and 3) pCOHYGRO (hrvitrogen). This plasmid confers resistance to the drag hygromycin. The triply transfected cells are selected with hygromycin and clones isolated. Expression of the recombinant antibody- avidin is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants are screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for antibody and avidin. The clones that express the highest amount of antibody-avidin complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
[0245] B. Production of the chimeric antibody- β2-microglobulin / CDld complex. Different S2 cells are cotransfected with plasmids encoding CDld (IE), β2-microglobulin (IF) and pCOBLAST (Invitrogen). pCOBLAST confers resistance to Blasticidin. Stable clones are selected using Blasticidin. Expression ofthe recombinant CDld-β2-microglobulin complex is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for B2M, and CDld. The clones that express the highest amount of CDld-β2- microglobulin complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
[0246] C. Purification. The highest expressing clone from (A) and (B) of
Example 9 is expanded to 10+ L scale cultures in serum free X-press serum free media, and induced to express the recombinant molecules by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride to the media. For both the antibody- avidin and CDld-B2M molecules, the complex containing media is concentrated and dialyzed against 0.15M sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4). The antibody-avidin and CDld-B2M complexes are purified by Ni-NTA agarose chromatography, and then further purified by HPLC. BirA enzymatic biotinylation of CDld is carried out according to the manufacturers protocol (Avidity, ie). The remaining free biotin is removed by dialysis into phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.4. The biotinylated CDld/B2M complex is incubated with a 3 fold molar excess of α-GalCer (CDld ligand) overnight at room temperatue. Excess α-GalCer is removed by dialysis. The CDld/B2M/α- GalCer complex is incubated with the antibody-avidin molecule for 4 hours at room temperature. Assembled complex is purified by HPLC.
EXAMPLE 10
Construction of IgG-B2M fusion protein complexed with soluble CDld
[0247] An antibody fusion molecule is formed that contains all (IgG-B2M), or a portion (F(ab)-B2M and F(ab')2-B2M) of an antibody molecule fused in frame with the β2-microglobulin open reading frame. Assembly takes place in a three-step process. In step one, PCR is used to create the cloning cassette for VH, including the appropriate regions preceded by a signal sequence (SS) for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site. In step two, PCR is used to amplify the β2-microglobulin gene. Finally, in step three, restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation is used to combine the two fragments. The IgGl and β2-microglobulin proteins are separated by a 12 amino acid linker.
[0248] The chimeric Heavy Chain along with the complementing Ig Light
Chain is produced in Drosophila cells along with the extracellular portion of CDld. This trimeric complex is purified.
[0249] 1. Construction of IgGl/NH cassette. Standard PCR is used to amplify the appropriate regions of IgGl with a pre-configured VH insertion site from a previously described template. The PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure. Specifically, an IgGl construct that allows for insertion of a variable gene of interest through BssHI and BstEII restriction sites is used. This constract is described elsewhere (U.S. Appl. Publ. No. 2003/0104402, published June 5, 2003) and is available as template for PCR using the following primers.
[0250] For the F(ab) construct: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGC AAA
CCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:23) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACC TGACCCACCGCCTCCTTTCTTGTCCACCTTGGTGTT 3' (SEQ ID NO:24) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined). For the F(ab') 2 constract: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGCAAACCATGG GATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:25) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCC TGGGCACGGTGGGCATGTGTG 3' (SEQ ID NO:26) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0251] For the full length IGgl construct: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGC
AAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:27) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACC TGACCCACCGCCTCCTTTACCCGGAGACAGGGAGAG 3' (SEQ ID NO:28) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0252] In other embodiments, the CHI region derives from other immunoglobulin isotypes, including IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD or IgE. Particularly prefened is the longer and more flexible IgG3 hinge region.
[0253] 2. Construction of β2-microglobulin. The fragment is generated by standard PCR using plasmid DNA as template and the following primers: (1) Sense 5' CGGGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCA
ATCCAGCGTACTCCA 3' (SEQ ID NO: 29) (linker is in bold; Kpnl restriction site is bolded and underlined); and (14) Anti-sense 5' - CGACCGGTCATGTCTCGATCCCACTT - 3' (SEQ ID NO:30) (Agel restriction site is in bold). The PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure.
[0254] 3. Assembled Chimeric IgGl -β2-micro globulin product. The above fragments "1" and "2" are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The complete gene is designed for insertion in frame with a C terminal 6-His tag into the Drosophila expression vector pMT/N5-His (Invitrogen). This strategy is not limited to the use of this vector or a drosophila expression system. Specifically, the use of other expression vectors simply requires re-engineering of the restriction digestion sites flanking the complete construct (ΝotI and Agel). The nucleotide and protein sequence below are presented without an inserted NH- gene. Any given VH-gene can be inserted between the BssHII (bold) and BstEII (dashed underline) sites. The nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab)-β2 microglobulin is:
GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTA GCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCC ACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCA CCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTT CCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGC GGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACT CCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCA GACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGT GGACAAGAAAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGG GTCAATCCAGCGTACTCCAAAGATTCAGGTTTACTCACGTCATCCA GCAGAGAATGGAAAGTCAAATTTCCTGAATTGCTATGTGTCTGGGT TTCATCCATCCGACATTGAAGTTGACTTACTGAAGAATGGAGAGAG AATTGAAAAAGTGGAGCATTCAGACTTGTCTTTCAGCAAGGACTGG TCTTTCTATCTCTTGTACTACACTGAATTCACCCCCACTGAAAAAGA TGAGTATGCCTGCCGTGTGAACCATGTGACTTTGTCACAGCCCAAG ATAGTTAAGTGGGATCGAGACATGACCGGTC^rO-rCJCG-rCiCCJ JTGA - 780 (SEQ ID ΝO:31) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; italics and underlined: His Tag). [0256] The nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab)-β2 microglobulin is:
MGWSCflLFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSWTVP SSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKGGGGSGTGGGGSIQRTPKIOVY SROTAENGKSNFLNCYVSGFHPSDIEVDLLKNGERIEKVEHSDLVFSKD
WSFYLLYYTEFTPTEKDEYACRVNHVTLSOPKIVKWDRDMTGHHHH HH (SEQ ID NO:32). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined. [0257] The nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab')2-β2-microglobulin is:
GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTA GCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCC ACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCA CCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTT CCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGC GGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACT CCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCA GACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGT GGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACACATG CCCACCGTGCCCAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCGGT GGGTCAATCCAGCGTACTCCAAAGATTCAGGTTTACTCACGTCATC CAGCAGAGAATGGAAAGTCAAATTTCCTGAATTGCTATGTGTCTGG GTTTCATCCATCCGACATTGAAGTTGACTTACTGAAGAATGGAGAG AGAATTGAAAAAGTGGAGCATTCAGACTTGTCTTTCAGCAAGGACT GGTCTTTCTATCTCTTGTACTACACTGAATTCACCCCCACTGAAAAA GATGAGTATGCCTGCCGTGTGAACCATGTGACTTTGTCACAGCCCA AGATAGTTAAGTGGGATCGAGACATGACCGGTC_4rC4rC_4CC4rC4C CAT GA (SEQ ID NO:33) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; italics and underlined: His Tag). [0258] The polypeptide sequence ofthe chimeric F(ab')2-β2-microglobulin is:
MGWSCΠLFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSWTVP SSSLGTOTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPGGGGSG TGGGGSIORTPKIOVYSRHPAENGKSNFLNCYVSGFHPSDIEVDLLKN GERJEKVEHSDLVFSKDWSFYLLYYTEFTPTEKDEYACRVNHVTLSQP
KIVKWDRDMTGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO:34). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest ofthe bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined. [0259] The nucleotide sequence of the chimeric full IgGl-β2 microglobulin is: GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTG GTAGCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCC TCCACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGA GCACCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTA CTTCCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACC AGCGGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCT ACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCAC CCAGACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAA GGTGGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACAC ATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGCACCTGAACTCCTGGGGGGACCGTCAGTC TTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGA CCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGACC CTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATA ATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACC GTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGG CAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCC CATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACC ACAGGTGTACACCCTGCCCCCATCCCGGGATGAGCTGACCAAGAAC CAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTCAAAGGCTTCTATCCCAGCGACA TCGCCGTGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAACAACTACA AGACCACGCCTCCCGTGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTCTAC AGCAAGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTC TTCTCATGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGC AGAAGAGCCTCTCCCTGTCTCCGGGTAAAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCA GGTACCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAATCCAGCGTACTCCAAAGATTCA GGTTTACTCACGTCATCCAGCAGAGAATGGAAAGTCAAATTTCCTG AATTGCTATGTGTCTGGGTTTCATCCATCCGACATTGAAGTTGACTT ACTGAAGAATGGAGAGAGAATTGAAAAAGTGGAGCATTCAGACTT GTCTTTCAGCAAGGACTGGTCTTTCTATCTCTTGTACTACACTGAAT TCACCCCCACTGAAAAAGATGAGTATGCCTGCCGTGTGAACCATGT GACTTTGTCACAGCCCAAGATAGTTAAGTGGGATCGAGACATGACC GGΥCATCATCACCATCACCATTGA (SEQ ID NO:35) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; and italics and underlined: His Tag). The polypeptide sequence of the chimeric full IgGl-β2 microglobulin is: MGWSCIILFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGG TAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSW TWSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELL GGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPI^EQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALP APIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSC SVMHEALHNHYTOKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGTGGGGSIORTPKIQVYSRH PAENGKSNFLNCYVSGFHPSDIEVDLLKNGERIEKVEHSDLVFSKDWS FYLLYYTEFTPTEKDEYACRVNHVTLSOPKINKWDI^MTGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 36). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion ofthe variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined.
EXAMPLE 11
Chimeric kappa L chain- β2 microglobulin
[0261] Employing the same strategy described above for fusion products with immunoglobulin heavy chain or heavy chain fragments, a chimeric kappa L chain is coupled in frame with β2-microglobulin. Assembly takes place in a three-step process. In step one, PCR is employed to create the CL region preceded by a signal sequence for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site. The kappa light chain constant region (CK) is PCR amplified from a previously described plasmid template with a pre- configured VL insertion site that allows for directional cloning of any immunoglobulin light chain variable region gene of interest at ApaLI and Xliol restriction (U.S. Appl. Publ. No. 2003/0104402, published June 5, 2003). In step two, the β2-microglobulin gene preceded by the linker with a Kpnl restriction site is amplified exactly as described above for heavy chain fusion products. Finally, in step three, the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of the immunoglobulin light chain with either kappa or lambda light chain constant regions will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLE 12
N terminal fusion proteins
[0262] Employing strategies similar to those described above, chimeric molecules are constructed where β2 microglobulin is fused in frame with the amino terminus ofthe immunoglobulin heavy or light chain. These molecules are assembled in a 3 step process, hi step 1, the β2 microglobulin gene, including the signal sequence, is PCR amplified from a plasmid template. This PCR modification adds a Notl site at the 5' end, and a portion of the gly, ' ser linker and a KPNI site at the 3' end. In step 2, the entire immunoglobulin heavy chain or light chain genes (variable and constant domains, or constant domain with restriction endonuclease sites for the insertion of a V gene), without the signal sequence, is PCR amplified. This PCR modification adds a portion of the gly,ser linker and a Kpnl site at the 5' end, and an Agel site at the 3' end. Finally, in step three, the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of these genes and the construction of these molecules will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLE 13
Construction of extracellular Domain of CDld. cDNA isolated from human bone manow or spleen is used as a source of CDld mRNA
[0263] The extracellular domain of CDld is PCR amplified using the primers:
(El sense): CACGGTACCGATATGGGGTGCCTGCTGTTTCTGC (SEQ ID NO:37) (KPNI site is underlined) and (El antisense): CAGACCGGTCCAGTAGAGGACGATGTCCTG (SEQ ID NO:38) (Age I site is underlined).
[0264] The CDld extracellular product is digested with Kpn I and Age I and cloned into the Kpnl and Agel sites of pMT/N5-His A vector (hivitrogen). The C terminus of CDld is in frame with a 6 His tag encoded by the vector, and contains an additional Thr and gly that are encoded by the Agel site. The resulting sequence is: GGTACCGATATGGGGTGCCTGCTGTTTCTG CTGCTCTGGGCGCTCCTCCAGGCTTGGGGAAGCGCTGAAGTCCCGC AAAGGCTTTTCCCCCTCCGCTGCCTCCAGATCTCGTCCTTCGCCAAT AGCAGCTGGACGCGCACCGACGGCTTGGCGTGGCTGGGGGAGCTG CAGACGCACAGCTGGAGCAACGACTCGGACACCGTCCGCTCTCTGA AGCCTTGGTCCCAGGGCACGTTCAGCGACCAGCAGTGGGAGACGC TGCAGCATATATTTCGGGTTTATCGAAGCAGCTTCACCAGGGACGT GAAGGAATTCGCCAAAATGCTACGCTTATCCTATCCCTTGGAGCTC CAGGTGTCCGCTGGCTGTGAGGTGCACCCTGGGAACGCCTCAAATA ACTTCTTCCATGTAGCATTTCAAGGAAAAGATATCCTGAGTTTCCA AGGAACTTCTTGGGAGCCAACCCAAGAGGCCCCACTTTGGGTAAAC TTGGCCATTCAAGTGCTCAACCAGGACAAGTGGACGAGGGAAACA GTGCAGTGGCTCCTTAATGGCACCTGCCCCCAATTTGTCAGTGGCC TCCTTGAGTCAGGGAAGTCGGAACTGAAGAAGCAAGTGAAGCCCA AGGCCTGGCTGTCCCGTGGCCCCAGTCCTGGCCCTGGCCGTCTGCT GCTGGTGTGCCATGTCTCAGGATTCTACCCAAAGCCTGTATGGGTG AAGTGGATGCGGGGTGAGCAGGAGCAGCAGGGCACTCAGCCAGGG GACATCCTGCCCAATGCTGACGAGACATGGTATCTCCGAGCAACCC TGGATGTGGTGGCTGGGGAGGCAGCTGGCCTGTCCTGTCGGGTGAA GCACAGCAGTCTAGAGGGCCAGGACATCGTCCTCTACTGGACCGGT CATCATCACCATCACCATTGA (SEQ ID NO:39). [0265] The translated polypeptide sequence is: MGCLLFLLLWALLQAWGS
AEVPQRLFPLRCLQISSFANSSWTRTDGLAWLGELQTHSWSNDSDTVR SLKPWSQGTFSDQQWETLQHIFRVYRSSFTRDVKEFAKMLRLSYPLEL QVSAGCEVHPGNASNNFFHVAFQGKDILSFQGTSWEPTQEAPLWVNL AIQVLNQDKWTRETVQWLLNGTCPQFVSGLLESGKSELKKQVKPKA WLSRGPSPGPGRLLLVCHVSGFYPKPVWVKWMRGEQEQQGTQPGDIL PNADETWYLRATLDVVAGEAAGLSCRVKHSSLEGQDIVLYWrGHHH HHH(SEQ ID NO:40).
EXAMPLE 14
Production and purification ofthe chimeric antibody-β2-microglobulin / CDld complex
[0266] Production ofthe antibody-β2-microglobulin / CDld complex is done in 2 steps. In the first step, Drosophila S2 cells are transfected with the constracts encoding the chimeric antibody-b2M and the antibody light chain gene. High expressing clones are selected and then transfected with the CDld construct and clones expressing high levels ofthe antibody-β2-microglobulin / CDld complex are isolated.
[0267] A. Generation of Drosophila S2 cells stably transfected and producing antibody-β2-microglobulin. Drosophila S2 cells are triply transfected with plasmids that encode 1) antibody-B2M (full IgG, F(ab), or F(ab')2); 2) antibody light chain; and 3) pCOHYGRO (Invitrogen). This plasmid confers resistance to the drag hygromycin. The triply transfected cells are selected with hygromycin and clones isolated. Expression ofthe recombinant anibody- b2M are induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for antibody and B2M.
[0268] B. Production of the chimeric antibody-β2-microglobulin / CDld complex. The highest antibody-B2M producing clones from (A) is cotransfected with plasmids encoding CDld (IE) and pCOBLAST (Invitrogen). pCOBLAST confers resistance to Blasticidin. Stable clones are selected using Hygromycin and Blasticidin. Expression of the recombinant antibody-b2M/CDld complex is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for Ig, B2M, and CDld. The clones that express the highest amount of antibody-b2M/CDld complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
[0269] C. Purification. The highest expressing clone from (B) is expanded to
10+ L scale cultures in serum free X-press media, and induced to express this complex by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride to the media. The complex containing media is concentrated and dialyzed against 0.15M sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4). The antibody-b2M/CDld complex is purified by Ni-NTA agarose chromatography, and then further purified by HPLC. The purified complex is then incubated with a 3 fold molar excess of α-GalCer (CDld ligand) overnight at room temperature. Excess α-GalCer is removed by dialysis.
EXAMPLE 15
Construction of IgG-CDld fusion protein
[0270] An antibody fusion molecule is formed that contains all (IgG-CDld), or a portion (F(ab)-CDld and F(ab')2-CDld) of an antibody molecule fused in frame with the extracellular domain of CDld. Assembly takes place in a three- step process. In step one, PCR is used to create the cloning cassette for VH , including the appropriate IgGl regions preceded by a signal sequence (SS) for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site, hi step two, PCR is used to amplify the extracellular region of the CDld gene. Finally, in step three, restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation is used to combine the two fragments. The IgGl and CDld proteins are separated by a 12 amino acid linker.
[0271] The chimeric heavy chain along with the complementing Ig Light
Chain is produced in Drosophila cells along with human β2-microglobulin. This trimeric complex is purifed.
[0272] 1. Construction of VH cassette. Standard PCR is used to amplify the appropriate portion of IgGl with a pre-configured VH insertion site from a previously described template which is a human IgGl constract that allows for insertion of a variable gene of interest through BssHI and BstEII restriction sites. The PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure. This constract is described elsewhere (U.S. Appl. Publ. No. 2003/0104402, published June 5, 2003) and is available as template for PCR using the following primers.
[0273] For the F(ab) fragment: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGCAAA
CCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:41) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACC TGACCCACCGCCTCCTTTCTTGTCCACCTTGGTGTT 3' (SEQ ID NO:42) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0274] For the F(ab')2 fragment: (7) Sense 5'
AATTGCGGCCGC AAACCATGGG ATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:43) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCCTGGGCACGGTGGGCATGTGT G 3' (SEQ ID NO:44) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0275] For the full IgGl: (7) Sense 5' AATTGCGGCCGCAAACCATGG
GATGGAGCTGTATCATC 3' (SEQ ID NO:45) (Notl and Ncol sites in bold); and (8) Anti-sense 5' CGGGGTACCTGACCCACCGCCTCC TTTACCCGGAGACAGGGAGAG 3' (SEQ ID NO:46) (linker is in bold; Kpnl site is bolded and underlined).
[0276] In other embodiments, the antibody regions derive from other immunoglobulin isotypes, including IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgD or IgE. Particularly prefened is the longer and more flexible IgG3 hinge region.
[0277] 2. Construction of extracellular CDld. The fragment is generated by standard PCR using plasmid DNA as template and the following primers: (1) Sense 5' CGGGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCA
GTCCCGCAAAGGCTTTTC 3' (SEQ ID NO:47) (linker is in bold; Kpnl restriction site is bolded and underlined); and (14) Anti-sense 5' - CG ACCGGTCCAGTAGAGGACGATGTCCTG - 3' (SEQ ID NO:48) (Agel restriction site is in bold). The PCR product is gel purified according to standard procedure.
[0278] 3. Assembled chimeric antibody-CDld product. The above fragments
"1" and "2" are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The complete gene is designed for insertion in frame with a C terminal 6-His tag into the Drosophila expression vector pMT/V5-His (Invitrogen). This strategy is not limited to the use of this vector or a drosophila expression system. Specifically, the use of other expression vectors simply requires re-engineering of the restriction digestion sites flanking the complete constract (Notl and Agel). The nucleotide and protein sequences below are presented without an inserted VH-gene. Any given VH-gene can be inserted between the BssHII (bold) and BstEII (dashed underline) sites. The final nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab)-CDld product is:
GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTA GCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCC ACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCA CCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTT CCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGC GGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACT CCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCA GACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGT GGACAAGAAAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCGGTGG GTCAGTCCCGCAAAGGCTTTTCCCCCTCCGCTGCCTCCAGATCTCG TCCTTCGCCAATAGCAGCTGGACGCGCACCGACGGCTTGGCGTGGC TGGGGGAGCTGCAGACGCACAGCTGGAGCAACGACTCGGACACCG TCCGCTCTCTGAAGCCTTGGTCCCAGGGCACGTTCAGCGACCAGCA GTGGGAGACGCTGCAGCATATATTTCGGGTTTATCGAAGCAGCTTC ACCAGGGACGTGAAGGAATTCGCCAAAATGCTACGCTTATCCTATC CCTTGGAGCTCCAGGTGTCCGCTGGCTGTGAGGTGCACCCTGGGAA CGCCTCAAATAACTTCTTCCATGTAGCATTTCAAGGAAAAGATATC CTGAGTTTCCAAGGAACTTCTTGGGAGCCAACCCAAGAGGCCCCAC TTTGGGTAAACTTGGCCATTCAAGTGCTCAACCAGGACAAGTGGAC GAGGGAAACAGTGCAGTGGCTCCTTAATGGCACCTGCCCCCAATTT GTCAGTGGCCTCCTTGAGTCAGGGAAGTCGGAACTGAAGAAGCAA GTGAAGCCCAAGGCCTGGCTGTCCCGTGGCCCCAGTCCTGGCCCTG GCCGTCTGCTGCTGGTGTGCCATGTCTCAGGATTCTACCCAAAGCC TGTATGGGTGAAGTGGATGCGGGGTGAGCAGGAGCAGCAGGGCAC TCAGCCAGGGGACATCCTGCCCAATGCTGACGAGACATGGTATCTC CGAGCAACCCTGGATGTGGTGGCTGGGGAGGCAGCTGGCCTGTCCT GTCGGGTGAAGCACAGCAGTCTAGAGGGCCAGGACATCGTCCTCT ACTGGACCGGTCATCATCACCATCACCATTGA (SEQ ID NO:49) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; italics and underlined: His Tag).
[0280] The final polypeptide sequence ofthe chimeric F(ab)-CDld product is:
MGWSCIILFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVP SSSLGTOTYICNV HKPSNTKVDKKGGGGSGTGGGGSVPORLFPLRC LQISSFANSSWTRTDGLAWLGELQTHSWSNDSDTVRSLKPWSQGTFS DQQWETLQHIFRVYRSSFTIIDVKXFAKMLRLSYPLELQVSAGCEVHP GNASNNFFHVAFQGKDILSFQGTSWEPTQEAPLWVNLAIQVLNQDKW TRETVQWLLNGTCPQFVSGLLESGKSELKKQVKPKAWLSRGPSPGPG RLLLVCHVSGFYPKPVWVKWMRGEQEQQGTQPGDILPNADETWYLR ATLDVVAGEAAGLSCRVKHSSLEGODIVLYWTGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO:50). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined.
[0281] The final nucleotide sequence of the chimeric F(ab')2-CDld product is: GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTG GTAGCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCT CCACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAG CACCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTAC TTCCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCA GCGGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTA CTCCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACC CAGACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAG GTGGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACACA TGCCCACCGTGCCCAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTACCGGAGGCG GTGGGTCAGTCCCGCAAAGGCTTTTCCCCCTCCGCTGCCTCCAGAT CTCGTCCTTCGCCAATAGCAGCTGGACGCGCACCGACGGCTTGGCG TGGCTGGGGGAGCTGCAGACGCACAGCTGGAGCAACGACTCGGAC ACCGTCCGCTCTCTGAAGCCTTGGTCCCAGGGCACGTTCAGCGACC AGCAGTGGGAGACGCTGCAGCATATATTTCGGGTTTATCGAAGCAG CTTCACCAGGGACGTGAAGGAATTCGCCAAAATGCTACGCTTATCC TATCCCTTGGAGCTCCAGGTGTCCGCTGGCTGTGAGGTGCACCCTG GGAACGCCTCAAATAACTTCTTCCATGTAGCATTTCAAGGAAAAGA TATCCTGAGTTTCCAAGGAACTTCTTGGGAGCCAACCCAAGAGGCC CCACTTTGGGTAAACTTGGCCATTCAAGTGCTCAACCAGGACAAGT GGACGAGGGAAACAGTGCAGTGGCTCCTTAATGGCACCTGCCCCC AATTTGTCAGTGGCCTCCTTGAGTCAGGGAAGTCGGAACTGAAGAA GCAAGTGAAGCCCAAGGCCTGGCTGTCCCGTGGCCCCAGTCCTGGC CCTGGCCGTCTGCTGCTGGTGTGCCATGTCTCAGGATTCTACCCAA AGCCTGTATGGGTGAAGTGGATGCGGGGTGAGCAGGAGCAGCAGG GCACTCAGCCAGGGGACATCCTGCCCAATGCTGACGAGACATGGT ATCTCCGAGCAACCCTGGATGTGGTGGCTGGGGAGGCAGCTGGCCT GTCCTGTCGGGTGAAGCACAGCAGTCTAGAGGGCCAGGACATCGT CCTCTACTGGACCGGTCATCATCACCATCACCATTGA (SEQ ID NO:51) (double underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; and italics and underlined: 6 His tag). The final polypeptide sequence of the chimeric F(ab')2-CDld product is: MGWSCIILFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGG TAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSW TWSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPGGGG SGTGGGGSVPORLFPLRCLQISSFANSSWTRTDGLAWLGELOTHSWS NDSDTVRSLKPWSQGTFSDQQWETLQHIFRVYRSSFTRDVKEFAKML RLSYPLELQVSAGCEVHPGNASNNFFHVAFQGKDILSFQGTSWEPTQE APLWVNLAIQVLNQDKWTRETVQWLLNGTCPQFVSGLLESGKSELKK QVKPKAWLSRGPSPGPGRLLLVCHVSGFYPKPVWVKWMRGEQEQQG TQPGDILPNADETWYLRATLDWAGEAAGLSCRVKHSSLEGQDIVLY WTGHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO:52). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the upstream histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined. The final nucleotide sequence of the chimeric IgGl-CDld product is:
GCGGCCGCAAACCATGGGATGGAGCTGTATCATCCTCTTCTTGGTA GCAACAGCTACAGGCGCGCATATGGTCACCGTCTCCTCAGCCTCC ACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGCA CCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTT CCCCGAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGC GGCGTGCACACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACT CCCTCAGCAGCGTCGTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCA GACCTACATCTGCAACGTGAATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGT GGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCTTGTGACAAAACTCACACATG CCCACCGTGCCCAGCACCTGAACTCCTGGGGGGACCGTCAGTCTTC CTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCC CTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGACCCTG AGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATG CCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTG TGGTCAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAA GGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATC GAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACCACAG GTGTACACCCTGCCCCCATCCCGGGATGAGCTGACCAAGAACCAGG TCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTCAAAGGCTTCTATCCCAGCGACATCGC CGTGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAACAACTACAAGAC CACGCCTCCCGTGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTCTACAGCA AGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTCT CATGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGCAGAA GAGCCTCTCCCTGTCTCCGGGTAAAGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGGTA CCGGAGGCGGTGGGTCAGTCCCGCAAAGGCTTTTCCCCCTCCGCT GCCTCCAGATCTCGTCCTTCGCCAATAGCAGCTGGACGCGCACCGA CGGCTTGGCGTGGCTGGGGGAGCTGCAGACGCACAGCTGGAGCAA CGACTCGGACACCGTCCGCTCTCTGAAGCCTTGGTCCCAGGGCACG TTCAGCGACCAGCAGTGGGAGACGCTGCAGCATATATTTCGGGTTT ATCGAAGCAGCTTCACCAGGGACGTGAAGGAATTCGCCAAAATGC TACGCTTATCCTATCCCTTGGAGCTCCAGGTGTCCGCTGGCTGTGAG GTGCACCCTGGGAACGCCTCAAATAACTTCTTCCATGTAGCATTTC AAGGAAAAGATATCCTGAGTTTCCAAGGAACTTCTTGGGAGCCAAC CCAAGAGGCCCCACTTTGGGTAAACTTGGCCATTCAAGTGCTCAAC CAGGACAAGTGGACGAGGGAAACAGTGCAGTGGCTCCTTAATGGC ACCTGCCCCCAATTTGTCAGTGGCCTCCTTGAGTCAGGGAAGTCGG AACTGAAGAAGCAAGTGAAGCCCAAGGCCTGGCTGTCCCGTGGCC CCAGTCCTGGCCCTGGCCGTCTGCTGCTGGTGTGCCATGTCTCAGG ATTCTACCCAAAGCCTGTATGGGTGAAGTGGATGCGGGGTGAGCA GGAGCAGCAGGGCACTCAGCCAGGGGACATCCTGCCCAATGCTGA CGAGACATGGTATCTCCGAGCAACCCTGGATGTGGTGGCTGGGGA GGCAGCTGGCCTGTCCTGTCGGGTGAAGCACAGCAGTCTAGAGGG CCAGGACATCGTCCTCTACTGGACCGGTC^rC^rC^CC^rC^CC - G A (SEQ ID NO: 53) (d ouble underline: Notl restriction site; single underline: Signal sequence; bold: BssHII restriction site; dashed underline: BstEII restriction site; bold and underlined: linker; wavy underline: Agel restriction site; and italics and underlined: 6-His tag). The final polypeptide sequence of the IgGlCDld product is:
MGWSCΠLFLVATATGAHMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAA
LGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLΎSLSSVVTVP
SSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGG
PS LFPPKΪKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH
NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPI
EKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVE
WESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV
MHEALHNHYTOKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGTGGGGSVPORLFPLRCLOISS
FANSSWTRTDGLAWLGELQTHSWSNDSDTVRSLKPWSQGTFSDQQW ETLQHIFRVYRSSFTRDVKEFAKMLRLSYPLELQVSAGCEVHPGNASN NFFFiNAFQGKDILSFQGTSWEPTQEAPLWVNLAIQVLNQDKWTRETV QWLLNGTCPQFNSGLLESGKSELKKQVKPKAWLSRGPSPGPGRLLLN CHNSGFYPKPNWVKWMRGEQEQQGTQPGDILPΝADETWYLRATLDV VAGEAAGLSCRVKHSSLEGQDIVLYWTGHHHHHH (SEQ ID ΝO:54). The variable gene sequence is introduced at the histidine in bold and the rest of the bolded amino acids are removed upon insertion of the variable gene sequence. The linker is bolded and underlined.
EXAMPLE 16
Chimeric kappa L chain-CD Id
Employing the same strategy described above for fusion products with immunoglobulin heavy chain or heavy chain fragments, a chimeric kappa L chain is coupled in frame with CDld. Assembly takes place in a three-step process. In step one, PCR is employed to create the CL region preceded by a signal sequence for secretion and followed by a linker with an embedded Kpnl restriction site. The kappa light chain constant region (CK) is PCR amplified from a previously described plasmid template with a pre-configured VL insertion site that allows for directional cloning of any immunoglobulin light chain variable region gene of interest at ApaLI and Xhol restriction sites. In step two, the CDld gene preceded by the linker with a Kpnl restriction site is amplified exactly as described above for heavy chain fusion products. Finally, in step three, the two fragments are joined "by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification ofthe immunoglobulin light chain with either kappa or lambda light chain constant regions will be apparent to those skilled in the art. EXAMPLE 17
N terminal fusion proteins
[0286] Employing strategies similar to those described above, chimeric molecules are constructed where the extracellular domain of CDld is fused in frame with the amino terminus of the immunoglobulin heavy or light chain. These molecules are assembled in a 3 step process. In step 1, the extracellular domain of CDld, including the signal sequence is PCR amplified from a plasmid template. This PCR modification adds a Notl site at the 5' end, and a portion ofthe gly,ser linker and a KPNI site at the 3' end. h step 2, the entire immunoglobulin heavy chain or light chain genes (variable and constant domains, or constant domain with restriction endonuclease sites for the insertion of a V gene), without the signal sequence, is PCR amplified. This PCR modification adds a portion ofthe gly,ser linker and a Kpnl site at the 5' end, and an Agel site at the 3' end. Finally, in step three, the two fragments are joined by restriction digestion at the Kpnl site followed by ligation employing standard protocols. The modifications of primer sequences required for amplification of these genes and the construction of these molecules will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLE 18
Construction of β2 microglobulin
[0287] The fragment encoding the entire open reading frame of β2- microglobulin is generated by standard PCR using plasmid DNA as template. This fragment is cloned into a Drosophila expression vector such as pMT/V5- His. Cloning is designed so that there is not a 6-His Tag at the C terminal. This is easily accomplished by incorporating a "Stop" codon in the antisense primer immediately following the β2-microglobulin open reading frame. Methods to accomplish this construction are well known to those skilled in the art. EXAMPLE 19
Production ofthe chimeric antibody-CDld /β2-micro globulin complex
[0288] Production ofthe antibody-CDld / β2-microglobulin complex is done in 2 steps. In the first step, Drosophila S2 cells are transfected with the constructs encoding the chimeric antibody-CDld and the antibody light chain gene. High expressing clones are selected and then transfected with the β2- microglobulin construct and clones expressing high levels of the antibody- CDld /β-microglobulin complex isolated.
[0289] Step 1. Generation of Drosophila S2 cells stably transfected and producing antibody-CDld. Drosophila S2 cells are triply transfected with plasmids that encode 1) antibody-CDld (full IgG, F(ab), or F(ab')2 2) antibody light chain 3) pCOHYGRO (Invitrogen) Note that this plasmid confers resistance to the drag hygromycin. The triply transfected cells are selected with hygromycin and clones isolated. Expression of the recombinant anitbody-CDld is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for antibody and CDld.
[0290] Step 2. Production and purification ofthe chimeric antibody-CD ld/β2- microglobulin complex. The highest antibody-CDld producing clones from (A) is cotransfected with plasmids encoding β2-microglobulin (IE) and pCOBLAST (Invitrogen). pCOBLAST confers resistance to Blasticidin. Stable clones are selected using Hygromycin and Blasticidin. Expression of the recombinant antibody-CD ld/β2M complex is induced in the cells by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride, and the cell supernatants screened by ELISA using antibodies specific for Ig, B2M, and CDld. The clones that express the highest amount of antibody-CDld /β2M complex are expanded and used to produce quantities of this molecule.
[0291] The highest expressing clone is expanded to 10+ L scale cultures in X- press serum free media, and induced to express this complex by the addition of copper sulfate or cadmium chloride to the media. The complex containing media is concentrated and dialyzed against 0.15M sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4). The antibody-CD ld/β2M complex is purified' by Ni-NTA agarose chromatography, and then further purified by HPLC. The purified complex is incubated with a 3 fold molar excess of α-GalCer (CDld ligand) overnight at room temperature. Excess α-GalCer is removed by dialysis. The final complex is purified by HPLC.
EXAMPLE 20
In vitro testing of complexes
[0292] The complexes prepared above are tested for the ability ofthe antibody part to bind the tumor antigen and for the proper conformation of the CDld complex, by flow cytometry on target antigen-expressing cell lines revealed by an anti-CD Id mAb or by "sandwich elisa" on immobilized target antigen and revealed by anti-CD Id.
[0293] Ability ofthe bifunctional molecules to activate NKT cells is tested on freshly isolated mouse liver MNC or on α-GalCer-established human NKT cell lines. Due to the high degree of conservation between human and mouse CDld, the two systems are cross reactive (Brossay et al., 1998. J Exp Med 188:1521 and Naidenko et al., 1999. J Exp Med 190:106964, 65). The read out after incubation with target cells coated with the CDld-anti TAA complex is IFNγ release measured by Elisa or flow cytometry with CDld-tetramer and intracellular cytokine staining (Matsuda et al., 2000. J Exp Med 192:741).
[0294] The monomer of CD ld-antibody is tested for specific activation of
NKT cells when coated on a tumor cell line positive for the antigen recognized by the anti-TAA antibody fragment (i.e. human CEA transfected mouse cell line). Negative controls are either a tumor cell line that does not express the TAA, or an unrelated conjugate or α-GalCer alone. Activation of ex vivo mouse liver MNCs or enriched NKT cells (microbeads sorting) or human NKT cell lines will be tested by flow cytometry staining with CDld tetramer and intracellular cytokine such as IFNγ.
EXAMPLE 20
In vivo testing of complexes
[0295] The anti-tumor activity of CDld-α-GalCer restricted NKT cells was demonstrated mainly in models of liver and lung metastasis and the favoured cell lines used were EL-4 T lymphoma and B16-BL6 melanoma, both with BL/6 background (Smyth et al., 2002. Blood 99:1259; Hayakawa et al, 2001. Eur J Immunol 31:1720; Takeda et al., 2000. Int Immunol 12:909; and Cui et al., 1997. Science 278:1623). These cells are stably transfected with the surface antigen chosen as target, for example human CEA. hi this case, the bifunctional molecules in human CEA-transgenic mice that are tolerant for this antigen and do not develop anti-CEA IgGs will be tested (Clarke et al., 1998. Cancer Res 58:1469). For liver metastasis, tumor cells are injected intrasplenically with or without removing the spleen, while for lung metastasis, injection is intravenous in the tail vein.
[0296] The complex is tested for systemic activation of NKT cells. Different amounts of conjugate or fusion are injected in normal mice with no tumor and results are compared with injection of α-GalCer alone. It is known that as few as 2 μg of α-GalCer (ip) leads to a rapid disappearance of NKT by activation induced cell death in spleen and liver (Hayakawa et al., 2001. Eur J Immunol 31:1720, Eberl and MacDonald. 2000, Eur J Immunol 30:985). Effects of CDld-antibody conjugate versus α-GalCer alone is evaluated on liver MNCs by ex vivo flow cytometry with CDld tetramer. Optimal amount of the bifunctional molecule with limited systemic effect is selected for in vivo tumor treatment.
[0297] Tumor graft inhibition: the rumor cell line expressing the TAA is coated in vitro with the selected CDld-antibody fusion or conjugate and the cells are injected intravenously in the tail vein. The negative control is either the parental cell line negative for the TAA or the same tumor cells coated with a classical MHC Class I-antibody conjugate produced in the laboratory (such as H-2Kb-ONAp-anti CEA conjugate) . After two weeks or at longer time, mice are sacrificed and metastatic nodules in the lung and possibly are counted is be compared with the known ΝKT-mediated effects of α-GalCer or IL-12 treatments (Hayakawa et al., 2001. Eur J hnmunol 31:1720; Takeda et al., 2000. Int Immunol 12:909).
[0298] Established tumors: based on the results of the tumor protection experiments, a second set of in vivo experiments is used to test the effectiveness of CDld-antibody bifunctional molecule on established tumors. Tumor cells are injected iv in the tail vein and treatment with the conjugate or fusion protein is started at different time points as a single or as multiple injections. Antibody fragment alone is injected in additional animals as a negative control. After two to three weeks, animals are sacrificed and metastatic nodules will be analyzed as above. Results are compared to the injection of α-GalCer alone in view of its known antimetastatic effect. In parallel experiments, liver metastasis will be favoured by intrasplenic injection of tumor cells and subsequent removal of the spleen. Similar treatments as above will be tested.
[0299] Role of ΝK cells: When liver and lungs are examined for metastatic nodules, MΝCs are isolated and analysed by flow cytometry using anti-CD3 (or CDld tetramer) and ΝK markers such as ΝK1.1 or DX5, allowing to evaluate the presence of CDld- KT (CD3+ΝK1.1+DX5-) and the proliferation of NK cells (CD3-NK1.1+DX5+). Results are compared with MNCs isolated from metastatic tissue treated with the antibody alone or with α-GalCer alone. Alternatively, in vivo depletion of NK cells by injections of anti-asialoGMl are done in a group of mice at the time of tumor treatment (Smyth et al., 2002. Blood 99:1259, Hayakawa et al., 2001. Eur J Immunol 31:1720). [0300] Human NKT cells: Human NKT cells can be propagated in vitro in contrast to mouse NKT and adoptive transfer studies in mice have shown that small numbers of NKT and NK cells can collaborate to suppress tumor metastasis (Wilson et al., 2002. Trends Mol Med 8:225; Smyth et al., 2002Curr Opin Immunol 14:165; and Smyth et al, 2002. Blood 99:1259). Human CDld-antitumor antibody molecule is tested in vitro with human tumor cell lines that express the TAA such as CEA as targets and with freshly expanded human NKT cell lines. The read out will be IFNγ release and the respective role of NKT and NK cells will be assessed by non T cells depletion by microbeads negative sorting. Human CDld-antitumor antibody molecule is also tested in vivo by adoptive transfer of human NKT cells in immunodeficient mice (SCID) grafted with human tumors positive for the TAA. Treatment with the bifunctional molecule of human CDld-α-GalCer- antitumor antibody is performed as in the syngeneic mouse model.
[0301] The entire disclosure of all publications (including patents, patent applications, journal articles, laboratory manuals, books, or other documents) cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound comprising:
(a) one or more CDld complexes; and
(b) an antibody or fragment thereof specific for a cell surface marker; wherein said CDld complexes comprise a CDld and a β2- microglobulin molecule, and wherein said CDld molecules are linked to said antibody or fragment thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, further comprising an antigen bound to said one or more CDld molecules.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein said antigen is a molecule selected from the group consisting of a lipid, a glycolipid, and a hydrophobic peptide.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein said antigen is α-GalCer.
5. The compound of claim 3, wherein said antigen is α-GalCer modified to have a shortened long-chain sphingosine base (C5 vs. C14) and acyl chain (C24 vs. C26)
6. The compound of claim 5, wherein said modified α-GalCer is the OCH analog with a long-chain sphingosine base shortened from C14 to C5 and acyl chain from C26 to C24.
7. The compound of any of claims 1-6, wherein said antibody or fragment thereof is a F(ab) fragment.
8. The compound of any of claims 1-6, wherein said antibody or fragment thereof is a F(ab')2 fragment.
9. The compound of any of claims 1-6, wherein said antibody or fragment thereof is a full-length antibody.
10. The compound of any of claims 1-9, wherein said cell surface marker is a cell surface marker of tumor cells.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein said cell surface marker is selected from the group consisting of: CEA, Her2/neu, EGFR type I or type II, CD19, CD20, CD22, Muc-1, PSMA, or STEAP.
12. The compound of claim 10, wherein said cell surface marker is selected from the group consisting of: Lewis Y, erbB-3 and -4, Ep-CAM, E- cadherin neoepitope, EGFR deletion neoepitope, CA19-9, Muc-1, LeY, TF-, Tn- and sTn-antigen, TAG-72, Cora antigen, CD7, CD25, Ig-a and Ig-B, A33 and G250, CD30, MCSP and gplOO, CD44-v6, MT-MMPS, (MIS) receptor type II, carboanhydrase 9, F19-antigen, Ly6, desmoglein 4, PSCA, Wue-1, GD2 and GD3 as well as TM4SF-antigens (CD63, L6, CO-29, SAS), the alpha and gamma subunit of the fetal type acetylcholinreceptor (AChR), CM-1, 28K2, E48, U36, NY-ESO-1, KU-BL 1-5, NY CO 1-48, HOM MEL 40, ON569, ChCE7, CA19-9, CA125, GM2, GD2, 9-o-acetyl-GD3, or GD3.
13. The compound of any of claims 1-9, wherein said cell surface marker is a cell surface marker of dendritic cells.
14. The compound of claim 13, wherein said cell surface marker is selected from the group consisting of: CD83, DEC205, CMRF-44, CMRF-56, DC-SIGΝ, Toll-like Receptors (TLR) including TLRl, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR7, TLR9, mannose receptor, mannan-binding lectin (MBL), ALCAM, DC-LAMP, phosphatidylserine receptor, BDCA-1, BDCA-2, BDCA-3 or BDCA-4.
15. The compound of claim 13, wherein said cell surface marker is selected from the group consisting of: BDCA-1, BDCA-3, DEC205, TLR2, TLR4, and mannose receptor expressed on myeloid dendritic cells.
16. The compound of claim 13, wherein said cell surface marker is selected from the group consisting of: BDCA-2, BDCA-4, TLR7, and TLR9 expressed on plasmacytoid dendritic cells.
17. The compound of any of claims 1-9, wherein said cell surface marker is a cell surface marker of a target of autoimmune or inflammatory disease.
18. The compound of claim 17, wherein said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis.
19. The compound of claim 18, wherein said cell surface marker is a marker of myelinated cells.
20. The compound of claim 19, wherein said myelinated cell surface marker is MOG, MBP or PLP.
21. The compound of claim 17, wherein said autoimmune disease is type I diabetes.
22. The compound of claim 17, wherein said cell surface marker is a marker of pancreatic islet beta cells.
23. The compound of claim 22, wherein said cell surface marker is GT3 ganglioside, IGRP, or SUR1.
24. The compound of claim 17, wherein said cell surface marker is a marker of pancreatic peri-islet Schwann cells.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein said cell surface marker is glial fibrillary acidic protein or SlOObeta.
26. The compound of claim 17, wherein said autoimmune or inflammatory disease is ankylosing spondyhtis, acute anterior uveitis, atrophic gastritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, Pemphigus vulgaris, pernicious anemia, primary biliary cinhosis, ulcerative colitis, or autoimmune Hepatitis.
27. The compound of claim 17, wherein said cell surface marker of an autoimmune or inflammatory disease is type II collagen, thyroglobulin, TSH receptor, or K+/H+ ATPase.
28. The compound of any of claims 1-9, wherein said cell surface marker is a cell surface marker of an infected cell or tissue.
29. The compound of claim 28, wherein said infected cell or tissue is infected by a virus, a bacteria, a fungus, a protozoan, or a helminth.
30. The compound of claim 28, wherein said infected cell is a cell infected by human retroviruses (HTLN I or HTLN II, HIN1 or HIN2) or human herpes virases (HSN1 or HSN2, CMN, or EBN).
31. The compound of claim 28, wherein said cell surface marker of an infected cell is the envelope protein of a human retroviras.
32. The compound of claim 28, wherein said infected cell is a cell mfected by influenza virus (influenza A, B or C).
33. The compound of claim 28, wherein said cell surface marker of an infected cell is a viral haemagglutinin.
34. The compound of claim 28, wherein said infected cell is a cell infected by rabella viras and said cell surface marker of an infected cell is glycoprotein El or E2 of rubella viras.
35. The compound of claim 28, wherein said infected cell is a cell infected by rabies viras and said cell surface marker of an infected cell is RGP of rabies viras.
36. The compound of any one of claims 1-35, wherein said CDld molecule is attached to the heavy chain of said antibody.
37. The compound of any one of claims 1-35, wherein said CDld molecule is attached to the light chain of said antibody.
38. The compound of any one of claims 1-35, wherein said β2 microglobulin molecule is attached to the heavy chain of said antibody.
39. The compound of any one of claims 1-35, wherein said β2 microglobulin molecule is attached to the light chain of said antibody.
40. The compound of any one of claims 1-39, wherein said CDld complexes are fused to said antibody.
41. The compound of any one of claims 1-39, wherein said CDld complexes are attached to said antibody through a linker sequence.
42. The compound of any one of claims 1-39, wherein said CDld complexes are attached to said antibody through a multivalent compound.
43. The compound of claim 42, wherein said multivalent compound is selected from the group consisting of strepatvidin, chicken avidin and a modified GCN4-zipper motif.
44. The compound of any of claims 1-43, further comprising a costimulatory molecule.
45. The compound of claim 44, wherein said costimulatory molecule is B7.
46. A method of inducing an anti-tumor response in a mammal, comprising administering the compound of any of claims 1-45 to said mammal.
47. A method of preventing or treating autoimmunity or inflammatory disease in a mammal, comprising administering the compound of any of claims 1-45 to said mammal.
48. A method of preventing or treating an infectious disease in a mammal, comprising administering the compound of any of claims 1-45 to said mammal.
PCT/US2003/030238 2002-09-27 2003-09-26 Targeted cd1d molecules Ceased WO2004029206A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/529,221 US9809654B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2003-09-26 Targeted CD1d molecules
EP03759526.1A EP1551448B1 (en) 2002-09-27 2003-09-26 Targeted cd1d molecules
CA2502735A CA2502735C (en) 2002-09-27 2003-09-26 Targeted cd1d molecules
AU2003275254A AU2003275254A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2003-09-26 Targeted cd1d molecules

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP02405838.0 2002-09-27
EP20020405838 EP1413316A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2002-09-27 Bifunctional conjugates or fusion proteins

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004029206A2 true WO2004029206A2 (en) 2004-04-08
WO2004029206A3 WO2004029206A3 (en) 2004-10-07

Family

ID=32039258

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/030238 Ceased WO2004029206A2 (en) 2002-09-27 2003-09-26 Targeted cd1d molecules

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (2) EP1413316A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003275254A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2502735C (en)
WO (1) WO2004029206A2 (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2112930A4 (en) * 2007-02-21 2011-11-30 Vaccinex Inc MODULATION OF NKT CELL ACTIVITY WITH CDID MOLECULES CHARGED WITH ANTIGEN
WO2014012479A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2014-01-23 Shanghai Birdie Biotech, Inc. Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
WO2014128225A1 (en) * 2013-02-20 2014-08-28 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Activation of inkt cells
US9139809B2 (en) 2009-01-08 2015-09-22 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Bacterial vaccines with cell wall-associated ceramide-like glycolipids and uses thereof
US9371352B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2016-06-21 Vaccinex, Inc. Modified glycolipids and methods of making and using the same
US9809654B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2017-11-07 Vaccinex, Inc. Targeted CD1d molecules
US9827329B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2017-11-28 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US10640765B2 (en) 2016-08-02 2020-05-05 Vaccinex, Inc. Methods for producing polynucleotide libraries in vaccinia virus/eukaryotic cells
US10662422B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2020-05-26 Vaccinex, Inc. Method for selecting polynucleotides encoding antigen-specific immunoglobulin subunit
US11046781B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2021-06-29 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-HER2 combinations for treating tumors
WO2021127745A1 (en) * 2019-12-24 2021-07-01 The University Of Melbourne Compositions and uses thereof
US11053240B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2021-07-06 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. 2-amino-quinoline derivatives
US11130812B2 (en) 2014-09-01 2021-09-28 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti PD-L1 conjugates for treating tumors
US11136397B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2021-10-05 Birdie Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-EGFR combinations for treating tumors
US11220552B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2022-01-11 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CD20 combinations for treating tumors
US11279761B2 (en) 2014-07-09 2022-03-22 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-PD-L1 combinations for treating tumors
US11517567B2 (en) 2017-06-23 2022-12-06 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2008337517B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2014-06-26 Novo Nordisk A/S Antibodies against human NKG2D and uses thereof
GB201409558D0 (en) * 2014-05-29 2014-07-16 Ucb Biopharma Sprl Method
CN110981968B (en) * 2019-12-17 2022-05-27 天康制药(苏州)有限公司 Fusion protein containing rabies virus G protein, preparation method, application and vaccine thereof

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2315251A1 (en) * 1997-12-17 1999-06-24 Immunex Corporation Cell surface glycoproteins associated with human b cell lymphomas - ulbp, dna and polypeptides
US20040038339A1 (en) * 2000-03-24 2004-02-26 Peter Kufer Multifunctional polypeptides comprising a binding site to an epitope of the nkg2d receptor complex
US20030166277A1 (en) * 2000-04-12 2003-09-04 University Of Rochester Targeted vaccine delivery systems
WO2001090198A1 (en) * 2000-05-24 2001-11-29 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Multicomponent conjugates which bind to target molecules and stimulate cell lysis
US20020071842A1 (en) * 2000-06-05 2002-06-13 Gumperz Jenny E. Soluble CD1 compositions and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BONISH , J., IMMUNOL., vol. 165, 2000, pages 4076 - 85
ILLES ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 164, 2000, pages 4375 - 81
KITA ET AL., GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 123, 2002, pages 1031 - 43
REINHARDT ET AL., NEUROLOGY, vol. 52, 1999, pages 1485 - 87
SAUBERMANN ET AL., GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 119, 2000, pages 119 - 128
See also references of EP1551448A4
SUMIDHA ET AL., J.EXP.MED., vol. 182, 1995, pages 1163 - 68
VAN DER VLIET ET AL., CLIN. IMMUNOL., vol. 100, 2001, pages 144 - 148

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9809654B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2017-11-07 Vaccinex, Inc. Targeted CD1d molecules
AU2008219020B2 (en) * 2007-02-21 2013-08-22 Vaccinex, Inc. Modulation of NKT cell activity with antigen-loaded CDId molecules
EP2112930A4 (en) * 2007-02-21 2011-11-30 Vaccinex Inc MODULATION OF NKT CELL ACTIVITY WITH CDID MOLECULES CHARGED WITH ANTIGEN
US9603922B2 (en) 2007-02-21 2017-03-28 Vaccinex, Inc. Modulation of NKT cell activity with antigen-loaded CD1d molecules
US9139809B2 (en) 2009-01-08 2015-09-22 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Bacterial vaccines with cell wall-associated ceramide-like glycolipids and uses thereof
US10662422B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2020-05-26 Vaccinex, Inc. Method for selecting polynucleotides encoding antigen-specific immunoglobulin subunit
JP2020007346A (en) * 2012-07-18 2020-01-16 シャンハイ バーディー バイオテック インコーポレイテッド Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
EP2874651A4 (en) * 2012-07-18 2016-04-27 Shanghai Birdie Biotech Inc COMPOUNDS FOR TARGETED IMMUNOTHERAPY
US10660971B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2020-05-26 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
WO2014012479A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2014-01-23 Shanghai Birdie Biotech, Inc. Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
JP2015524399A (en) * 2012-07-18 2015-08-24 シャンハイ バーディー バイオテック インコーポレイテッド Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
US10548988B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2020-02-04 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
JP7062298B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2022-05-06 バーディー バイオファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
US9878052B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2018-01-30 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds for targeted immunotherapy
US9371352B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2016-06-21 Vaccinex, Inc. Modified glycolipids and methods of making and using the same
US10111950B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2018-10-30 Vaccinex, Inc. Modified glycolipids and methods of making and using the same
US20150374734A1 (en) * 2013-02-20 2015-12-31 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale ACTIVATION OF iNKT CELLS
WO2014128225A1 (en) * 2013-02-20 2014-08-28 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Activation of inkt cells
JP2016516668A (en) * 2013-02-20 2016-06-09 アンスティチュ ナショナル ドゥ ラ サンテ エ ドゥ ラ ルシェルシュ メディカル iNKT cell activation
US10744206B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2020-08-18 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US10548985B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2020-02-04 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating EGFR expressing tumors
US10328158B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2019-06-25 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US10780180B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2020-09-22 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US11786604B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2023-10-17 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating HER2 positive tumors
US11633494B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2023-04-25 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US11633495B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2023-04-25 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US9827329B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2017-11-28 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for immunotherapy
US11279761B2 (en) 2014-07-09 2022-03-22 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-PD-L1 combinations for treating tumors
US11130812B2 (en) 2014-09-01 2021-09-28 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti PD-L1 conjugates for treating tumors
US11220552B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2022-01-11 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-CD20 combinations for treating tumors
US11136397B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2021-10-05 Birdie Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-EGFR combinations for treating tumors
US11702476B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2023-07-18 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-EGFR combinations for treating tumors
US11046781B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2021-06-29 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-HER2 combinations for treating tumors
US10640765B2 (en) 2016-08-02 2020-05-05 Vaccinex, Inc. Methods for producing polynucleotide libraries in vaccinia virus/eukaryotic cells
US11053240B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2021-07-06 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. 2-amino-quinoline derivatives
US11834448B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2023-12-05 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. 2-amino-quinoline derivatives
US11517567B2 (en) 2017-06-23 2022-12-06 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions
US12295950B2 (en) 2017-06-23 2025-05-13 Birdie Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions
WO2021127744A1 (en) * 2019-12-24 2021-07-01 The University Of Melbourne Compositions and uses thereof
WO2021127745A1 (en) * 2019-12-24 2021-07-01 The University Of Melbourne Compositions and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2003275254A8 (en) 2004-04-19
EP1551448B1 (en) 2013-05-08
EP1551448A2 (en) 2005-07-13
EP1413316A1 (en) 2004-04-28
CA2502735C (en) 2015-04-28
WO2004029206A3 (en) 2004-10-07
AU2003275254A1 (en) 2004-04-19
EP1551448A4 (en) 2008-12-24
CA2502735A1 (en) 2004-04-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9809654B2 (en) Targeted CD1d molecules
EP1551448B1 (en) Targeted cd1d molecules
JP7331075B2 (en) synTac polypeptides and uses thereof
AU2001255326B2 (en) Targeted vaccine delivery systems
CA2678618C (en) Modulation of nkt cell activity with antigen-loaded cd1d molecules
KR102436129B1 (en) T cell receptors and uses thereof
TWI689519B (en) Antigen presenting cell targeted cancer vaccines
US11414497B2 (en) Anti-PSMA antibodies and use thereof
KR20240156612A (en) Anti-b7-h3 monoclonal antibody and use thereof in cell therapy
AU2001255326A1 (en) Targeted vaccine delivery systems
JP2022528721A (en) Killer cell lectin-like receptor subfamily G member 1 (KLRG1) -removing antibody
US20200009236A1 (en) H3.3 CTL Peptides and Uses Thereof
US20250066498A1 (en) Anti-glyco-lamp1 antibodies and their uses
WO2022151960A1 (en) B7-h3 chimeric antigen receptor-modified t cell and use thereof
US20050042218A1 (en) MHC class I - peptide-antibody conjugates with modified beta2-microglobulin
US20250136701A1 (en) Anti-glyco-cmet antibodies and their uses
US20030044415A1 (en) Method for producing or enhancing a T-cell response against a target cell using a complex comprising an HLA class I molecule and an attaching means
WO2004087058A2 (en) Targeted mhc class i alpha3 vaccine delivery systems
Rashidijahanabad Development of Carbohydrate Based Conjugate Vaccines Using Qβ Virus Like Particles with Anti-bacterial or Anti-cancer Properties
KR20240032220A (en) Antibodies against PSMA and Uses thereof
HK40119757A (en) Anti-il13ra2 antibodies and uses thereof
CN116769036A (en) 5T4 fully human monoclonal antibody and its application
TW202235436A (en) Siglec-15 binding protein and preparation and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2502735

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 523/KOLNP/2005

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003759526

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003759526

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006269540

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 10529221

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: JP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10529221

Country of ref document: US

DPE2 Request for preliminary examination filed before expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)